-
1 take
take [teɪk]prendre ⇒ 1A (a), 1A (b), 1B (a), 1B (c)-(e), 1C (b), 1D (a), 1D (b), 1E (a), 1F (a), 1G (a), 1G (b), 1G (d), 1H (a), 1H (b), 1I (a), 1I (c), 1I (d), 1I (f), 1I (g), 2 (a)-(c) porter ⇒ 1B (a) mener ⇒ 1B (b) conduire ⇒ 1C (a) recevoir ⇒ 1D (c) croire ⇒ 1F (b) supporter ⇒ 1F (d) supposer ⇒ 1G (c) contenir ⇒ 1I (e) passer ⇒ 1I (i)A.∎ let me take your coat donnez-moi votre manteau;∎ she took the book from him elle lui a pris le livre;∎ to take sb's hand prendre qn par la main;∎ she took his arm elle lui a pris le bras;∎ Peter took her in his arms Peter l'a prise dans ses bras;∎ the wolf took its prey by the throat le loup a saisi sa proie à la gorge(b) (get control of, capture → person) prendre, capturer; (→ fish, game) prendre, attraper; Military prendre, s'emparer de;∎ they took the town that night ils prirent ou s'emparèrent de la ville cette nuit-là;∎ to take sb prisoner faire qn prisonnier;∎ to take sb alive prendre ou capturer qn vivant;∎ I took his queen with my rook j'ai pris sa reine avec ma tour;∎ to take control of a situation prendre une situation en main;∎ we took our courage in both hands nous avons pris notre courage à deux mains;∎ you're taking your life in your hands doing that c'est ta vie que tu risques en faisant cela;∎ to take the lead in sth (in competition) prendre la tête de qch; (set example) être le premier à faire qchB.(a) (carry from one place to another) porter, apporter; (carry along, have in one's possession) prendre, emporter;∎ she took her mother a cup of tea elle a apporté une tasse de thé à sa mère;∎ he took the map with him il a emporté la carte;∎ she took some towels up(stairs)/down(stairs) elle a monté/descendu des serviettes;∎ don't forget to take your camera n'oubliez pas (de prendre) votre appareil photo;∎ figurative the committee wanted to take the matter further le comité voulait mener l'affaire plus loin;∎ the devil take it! que le diable l'emporte!;∎ you can't take it with you (money when you die) tu ne l'emporteras pas avec toi dans la tombe∎ her father takes her to school son père l'emmène à l'école;∎ could you take me home? pourriez-vous me ramener ou me raccompagner?;∎ to take sb across the road faire traverser la rue à qn;∎ may I take you to dinner? puis-je vous inviter à dîner ou vous emmener dîner?;∎ he offered to take them to work in the car il leur a proposé de les emmener au bureau en voiture ou de les conduire au bureau;∎ to take oneself to bed aller se coucher;∎ please take me with you emmène-moi, s'il te plaît;∎ humorous I can't take you anywhere tu n'es pas sortable;∎ the estate agent took them over the house l'agent immobilier leur a fait visiter la maison;∎ he took her round the museum il lui a fait visiter le musée;∎ she used to take me along to meetings (avant,) elle m'emmenait aux réunions;∎ this road will take you to the station cette route vous mènera ou vous conduira à la gare;∎ I don't want to take you out of your way je ne veux pas vous faire faire un détour;∎ her job took her all over Africa son travail l'a fait voyager dans toute l'Afrique;∎ that's what first took me to Portugal c'est ce qui m'a amené au Portugal;∎ whatever took him there? qu'allait-il faire là-bas?;∎ the record took her to number one in the charts le disque lui a permis d'être première au hit-parade∎ she took a handkerchief from her pocket elle a sorti un mouchoir de sa poche;∎ I took a chocolate from the box j'ai pris un chocolat dans la boîte;∎ take a book from the shelf prenez un livre sur l'étagère;∎ take your feet off the table enlève tes pieds de la table;∎ he took the saucepan off the heat il a ôté ou retiré la casserole du feu(d) (appropriate, steal) prendre, voler;∎ to take sth from sb prendre qch à qn;∎ someone's taken my wallet on a pris mon portefeuille;∎ his article is taken directly from my book le texte de son article est tiré directement de mon livre(e) (draw, derive) prendre, tirer;∎ a passage taken from a book un passage extrait d'un livre;∎ a phrase taken from Latin une expression empruntée au latin;∎ the title is taken from the Bible le titre vient de la Bible;∎ to take a print from a negative tirer une épreuve d'un négatifC.(a) (of bus, car, train etc) conduire, transporter;∎ the ambulance took him to hospital l'ambulance l'a transporté à l'hôpital;∎ this bus will take you to the theatre ce bus vous conduira au théâtre;∎ will this train take me to Cambridge? est-ce que ce train va à ou passe par Cambridge?∎ American take a right prenez à droiteD.∎ she took a quick look at him elle a jeté un rapide coup d'œil sur lui;∎ he took a flying leap il a bondi;∎ to take a photo or a picture prendre une photo;∎ she took his picture or a picture of him elle l'a pris en photo;∎ we had our picture taken nous nous sommes fait photographier ou prendre en photo;∎ familiar he takes a good photo (is photogenic) il est photogénique□(c) (receive, get) recevoir; (earn, win → prize) remporter, obtenir; (→ degree, diploma) obtenir, avoir;∎ he took the blow on his arm il a pris le coup sur le bras;∎ you can take the call in my office vous pouvez prendre l'appel dans mon bureau;∎ the bookstore takes about $3,000 a day la librairie fait à peu près 3000 dollars (de recette) par jour;∎ how much does he take home a month? quel est son salaire mensuel net?;∎ Cards we took all the tricks nous avons fait toutes les levées;∎ their team took the match leur équipe a gagné ou remporté le matchE.(a) (assume, undertake) prendre;∎ to take the blame for sth prendre la responsabilité de qch;∎ you'll have to take the consequences c'est vous qui en subirez les conséquences;∎ she takes all the credit for our success elle s'attribue tout le mérite de notre réussite;∎ I take responsibility for their safety je me charge de leur sécurité;∎ to take the part of Hamlet jouer (le rôle d')Hamlet∎ he took my side in the argument il a pris parti pour moi dans la dispute;∎ the boy took an oath or a vow to avenge his family le garçon a fait serment ou a juré de venger sa famille;∎ American to take the Fifth (Amendment) invoquer le Cinquième Amendement (pour refuser de répondre)∎ may I take the liberty of inviting you to dinner? puis-je me permettre de vous inviter à dîner?;∎ he took the opportunity to thank them or of thanking them il a profité de l'occasion pour les remercierF.∎ the doctor only takes private patients le docteur ne prend pas les patients du service public;∎ the owner won't take less than $100 for it le propriétaire en veut au moins 100 dollars;∎ does this machine take pound coins? cette machine accepte-t-elle les pièces d'une livre?;∎ to take a bribe se laisser acheter ou corrompre;∎ you'll have to take me as I am il faut me prendre comme je suis;∎ take things as they come prenez les choses comme elles viennent;∎ I won't take "no" for an answer pas question de refuser;∎ it's my last offer, (you can) take it or leave it c'est ma dernière offre, c'est à prendre ou à laisser;∎ I'll take it from here je prends la suite;∎ I'll take it from there je verrai à ce moment-là(b) (accept as valid) croire;∎ to take sb's advice suivre les conseils de qn;∎ take it from me, he's a crook croyez-moi, c'est un escroc∎ let's take things one at a time prenons les choses une par une;∎ the mayor took their questions calmly le maire a entendu leurs questions avec calme;∎ how did she take the questioning? comment a-t-elle réagi à ou pris l'interrogatoire?;∎ they took the news well or in their stride ils ont plutôt bien pris la nouvelle;∎ to take sth badly prendre mal qch;∎ familiar to take things easy or it easy se la couler douce;∎ familiar take it easy! (don't get angry) du calme!□∎ don't take any nonsense! ne te laisse pas faire!;∎ your father won't take any nonsense ton père ne plaisante pas avec ce genre de choses;∎ she can take it elle tiendra le coup;∎ esp American I'm not taking any! je ne marche pas!;∎ we couldn't take any more on n'en pouvait plus;∎ I can't take much more of this je commence à en avoir assez, je ne vais pas supporter cela bien longtemps;∎ I find his constant sarcasm rather hard to take je trouve ses sarcasmes perpétuels difficiles à supporter;∎ don't expect me to take this lying down ne comptez pas sur moi pour accepter ça sans rien dire;∎ those shoes have taken a lot of punishment ces chaussures en ont vu de toutes les couleurs;∎ to take heavy loads (crane, engine etc) supporter de lourdes charges;∎ it won't take your weight ça ne supportera pas ton poids(e) (experience, feel)∎ to take fright prendre peur;∎ to take an interest in sb/sth s'intéresser à qn/qch;∎ don't take offence ne vous vexez pas, ne vous offensez pas;∎ no offence taken il n'y a pas de mal;∎ we take pleasure in travelling nous prenons plaisir à voyager;∎ she takes pride in her work elle est fière de ce qu'elle fait;∎ to take pride in one's appearance prendre soin de sa personneG.(a) (consider, look at) prendre, considérer;∎ take Einstein (for example) prenons (l'exemple d')Einstein;∎ take the case of Colombia prenons le cas de la Colombie;∎ taking everything into consideration tout bien considéré;∎ to take sb/sth seriously prendre qn/qch au sérieux∎ do you take me for an idiot? vous me prenez pour un idiot?;∎ what do you take me for? pour qui me prenez-vous?;∎ I took you for an Englishman je vous croyais anglais;∎ he took me for somebody else il m'a pris pour quelqu'un d'autre;∎ to take the news as or to be true tenir la nouvelle pour vraie;∎ how old do you take her to be? quel âge est-ce que tu lui donnes?(c) (suppose, presume) supposer, présumer;∎ he's never been to Madrid, I take it si je comprends bien, il n'a jamais été à Madrid;∎ I take it you're his mother je suppose que vous êtes sa mère(d) (interpret, understand) prendre, comprendre;∎ we never know how to take his jokes on ne sait jamais comment prendre ses plaisanteries;∎ don't take that literally ne le prenez pas au pied de la lettre;∎ he was slow to take my meaning il lui a fallu un moment avant de comprendre ce que je voulais direH.∎ how long will it take to get there? combien de temps faudra-t-il pour y aller?;∎ the flight takes three hours le vol dure trois heures;∎ it will take you ten minutes vous en avez pour dix minutes;∎ it took him a minute to understand il a mis une minute avant de comprendre;∎ it took us longer than I expected cela nous a pris plus de temps que je ne pensais;∎ it takes time to learn a language il faut du temps pour apprendre une langue;∎ what kind of batteries does it take? quelle sorte de piles faut-il?;∎ my car takes unleaded ma voiture roule au sans-plomb;∎ he took a bit of coaxing before he accepted il a fallu le pousser un peu pour qu'il accepte;∎ it took four people to stop the brawl ils ont dû se mettre à quatre pour arrêter la bagarre;∎ it takes a clever man to do that bien malin ou habile qui peut le faire;∎ it takes courage to admit one's mistakes il faut du courage pour admettre ses erreurs;∎ it takes patience to work with children il faut de la patience ou il faut être patient pour travailler avec les enfants;∎ one glance was all it took un regard a suffi;∎ the job took some doing la tâche n'a pas été facile;∎ that will take some explaining voilà qui va demander des explications;∎ her story takes some believing son histoire n'est pas facile à croire;∎ to have what it takes to do/to be sth avoir les qualités nécessaires pour faire/être qch;∎ we need someone with leadership qualities - she has what it takes il nous faut quelqu'un qui ait des qualités de dirigeant - ce n'est pas ce qui lui manque;∎ familiar he's so lazy - it takes one to know one! il est vraiment paresseux - tu peux parler!∎ "falloir" takes the subjunctive "falloir" est suivi du subjonctif;∎ noun that takes an "s" in the plural nom qui prend un "s" au plurielI.(a) (food, drink etc) prendre;∎ do you take milk in your coffee? prenez-vous du lait dans votre café?;∎ how do you take your coffee? qu'est-ce que tu prends dans ton café?;∎ I invited him to take tea je l'ai invité à prendre le thé;∎ she refused to take any food elle a refusé de manger (quoi que ce soit);∎ to take drugs se droguer;∎ how many pills has he taken? combien de comprimés a-t-il pris ou absorbé?;∎ not to be taken internally (on packaging) (à) usage externe;∎ to be taken twice a day (on packaging) à prendre deux fois par jour;∎ to take the air prendre l'air∎ she takes a size 10 elle prend du 38;∎ what size shoe do you take? quelle est votre pointure?∎ I'll take it je le prends;∎ what newspaper do you take? quel journal prenez-vous?;∎ take your partners (at dance) invitez vos partenaires(d) (occupy → chair, seat) prendre, s'asseoir sur;∎ take a seat asseyez-vous;∎ take your seats! prenez vos places!;∎ is this seat taken? cette place est-elle occupée ou prise?(e) (hold → of container, building etc) contenir, avoir une capacité de;∎ this bus takes fifty passengers c'est un car de cinquante places(f) (ascertain, find out) prendre;∎ to take sb's pulse/temperature prendre le pouls/la température de qn;∎ to take a reading from a meter lire ou relever un compteur(g) (write down → notes, letter) prendre;∎ he took a note of her address il a noté son adresse(h) (subtract) soustraire, déduire;∎ they took 10 percent off the price ils ont baissé le prix de 10 pour cent;∎ take 4 from 9 and you have 5 ôtez 4 de 9, il reste 5∎ I took Latin and Greek at A level ≃ j'ai pris latin et grec au bac;∎ she took her degree last year elle a obtenu son diplôme l'an dernier;∎ she takes us for maths on l'a en maths∎ to take a service célébrer un office;∎ the assistant director took the rehearsals l'assistant réalisateur s'est occupé des répétitions(k) (contract, develop)∎ to take a chill, to take cold prendre froid;∎ to take sick, to be taken ill tomber malade;∎ I was taken with a fit of the giggles j'ai été pris d'un fou rire;∎ she took an instant dislike to him elle l'a tout de suite pris en aversion(l) (direct, aim)∎ she took a swipe at him elle a voulu le gifler;∎ Football to take a penalty tirer un penalty∎ she takes all her problems to her sister elle raconte tous ses problèmes à sa sœur;∎ he took the matter to his boss il a soumis la question à son patron;∎ Law they intend to take the case to the High Court ils ont l'intention d'en appeler à la Cour suprême∎ he took an axe to the door il a donné des coups de hache dans la porte;∎ take the scissors to it vas-y avec les ciseaux;∎ his father took a stick to him son père lui a donné des coups de bâton;∎ Law they took legal proceedings against him ils lui ont intenté un procès(o) (catch unawares) prendre, surprendre;∎ to take sb by surprise or off guard surprendre qn, prendre qn au dépourvu;∎ his death took us by surprise sa mort nous a surpris∎ they took him for every penny (he was worth) ils lui ont pris jusqu'à son dernier sou(a) (work, have desired effect) prendre;∎ did the dye take? est-ce que la teinture a pris?;∎ it was too cold for the seeds to take il faisait trop froid pour que les graines germent(b) (become popular) prendre, avoir du succès3 noun(b) Cinema, Photography & Television prise f de vue; Radio enregistrement m, prise f de son; (of record etc) enregistrement m∎ what's your take on her attitude? comment est-ce que tu interprètes son attitude?∎ to be on the take toucher des pots-de-vin□, palper(astonish) étonner, ébahir; (disconcert) déconcerter;∎ her question took him aback sa question l'a déconcerté;∎ I was taken aback by the news la nouvelle m'a beaucoup surprisressembler à, tenir de;∎ she takes after her mother in looks physiquement, elle tient de sa mère(a) (dismantle) démonter;∎ figurative they took the room apart looking for evidence ils ont mis la pièce sens dessus dessous pour trouver des preuves(b) (criticize) critiquerprendre à part, emmener à l'écart;∎ the boss took her aside for a chat le patron l'a prise à part pour discuter∎ take that knife away from him enlevez-lui ce couteau;∎ they took away his pension ils lui ont retiré sa pension;∎ they took their daughter away from the club ils ont retiré leur fille du club;∎ his work took him away from his family for long periods son travail le tenait éloigné de sa famille pendant de longues périodes;∎ euphemism the police took his father away son père a été arrêté par la police;∎ it takes away the fun ça gâche tout∎ not to be taken away (in library) à consulter sur place(c) Mathematics soustraire, retrancher;∎ nine take away six is three neuf moins six font trois∎ that doesn't take away from his achievements as an athlete ça n'enlève rien à ses exploits d'athlète;∎ to take away from the pleasure/value of sth diminuer le plaisir/la valeur de qch(a) (after absence, departure) reprendre;∎ she took her husband back elle a accepté que son mari revienne vivre avec elle;∎ the factory took back the workers l'usine a repris les ouvriers(b) (gift, unsold goods, sale item etc) reprendre∎ take it back to the shop rapporte-le au magasin;∎ he took her back home il l'a raccompagnée ou ramenée chez elle(d) (retract, withdraw) retirer, reprendre;∎ I take back everything I said je retire tout ce que j'ai dit;∎ all right, I take it back! d'accord, je n'ai rien dit!∎ that takes me back to my childhood ça me rappelle mon enfance;∎ that song takes me back forty years cette chanson me ramène quarante ans en arrière;∎ it takes you back a bit, doesn't it? ça ne nous rajeunit pas tout ça, hein?(f) Typography transférer à la ligne précédente∎ the lift took us down to the 4th floor l'ascenseur nous a amenés au 4ème étage∎ she took the book down from the shelf elle a pris le livre sur l'étagère;∎ can you help me take the curtains down? peux-tu m'aider à décrocher les rideaux?;∎ she took his picture down from the wall elle a enlevé sa photo du mur;∎ he took his trousers down il a baissé son pantalon∎ he took down the registration number il a relevé le numéro d'immatriculation;∎ to take down a letter in shorthand prendre une lettre en sténo(d) (dismantle → scaffolding, circus tent) démonterse démonter(b) (bring into one's home → person) héberger; (→ boarder) prendre; (→ orphan, stray animal) recueillir;∎ she takes in ironing elle fait du repassage à domicile∎ the police took him in la police l'a mis ou placé en garde à vue(d) (air, water, food etc)∎ she can only take in food intravenously on ne peut la nourrir que par intraveineuse;∎ whales take in air through their blowhole les baleines respirent par l'évent(e) (understand, perceive) saisir, comprendre;∎ he was sitting taking it all in il était là, assis, écoutant tout ce qui se disait;∎ he didn't take in the real implications of her announcement il n'a pas saisi les véritables implications de sa déclaration;∎ I can't take in the fact that I've won je n'arrive pas à croire que j'ai gagné;∎ she took in the situation at a glance elle a compris la situation en un clin d'œil∎ you'd better take in the slack on the rope tu ferais bien de tendre ou retendre la corde;∎ Nautical to take in a sail carguer ou serrer une voile∎ the tour takes in all the important towns l'excursion passe par toutes les villes importantes(h) (attend, go to) aller à;∎ to take in a show aller au théâtre;∎ she took in the castle while in Blois elle a visité le château pendant qu'elle était à Blois;∎ they took in the sights in Rome ils ont fait le tour des sites touristiques à Rome∎ don't be taken in by him ne vous laissez pas rouler par lui;∎ I'm not going to be taken in by your lies je ne suis pas dupe de tes mensonges□ ;∎ he was completely taken in il marchait complètement➲ take off(a) (remove → clothing, lid, make-up, tag) enlever;∎ the boy took his clothes off le garçon a enlevé ses vêtements ou s'est déshabillé;∎ she took her glasses off elle a enlevé ses lunettes;∎ he often takes the phone off the hook il laisse souvent le téléphone décroché;∎ to take sb off a list rayer qn d'une liste;∎ the surgeon had to take her leg off le chirurgien a dû l'amputer de la jambe;∎ Cars to take off the brake desserrer le frein (à main);∎ figurative he didn't take his eyes off her all night il ne l'a pas quittée des yeux de la soirée;∎ I tried to take her mind off her troubles j'ai essayé de lui changer les idées ou de la distraire de ses ennuis;∎ familiar his retirement has taken ten years off him sa retraite l'a rajeuni de dix ans□ ;∎ to take sth off sb's hands débarrasser qn de qch;∎ I'll take the baby off your hands for a few hours je vais garder le bébé pendant quelques heures, ça te libérera∎ the teacher took one point off her grade le professeur lui a retiré un point;∎ the manager took 10 percent off the price le directeur a baissé le prix de 10 pour cent(c) (lead away) emmener;∎ she was taken off to hospital on l'a transportée à l'hôpital;∎ the murderer was taken off to jail on a emmené l'assassin en prison;∎ her friend took her off to dinner son ami l'a emmenée dîner;∎ she took herself off to Italy elle est partie en Italie;∎ to take the passengers off (by boat from a ship) débarquer les passagers;∎ the injured man was taken off the ship by helicopter le blessé a été évacué du bateau par hélicoptère∎ to take some time off prendre un congé;∎ take a few days off prenez quelques jours de vacances ou de congé;∎ she takes Thursdays off elle ne travaille pas le jeudi(a) (aeroplane) décoller;∎ they took off for or to Heathrow ils se sont envolés pour Heathrow∎ he took off without telling us il est parti sans nous avertir➲ take on(a) (accept, undertake) prendre, accepter;∎ to take on the responsibility for sth se charger de qch;∎ don't take on more than you can handle ne vous surchargez pas;∎ she took it on herself to tell him elle a pris sur elle de le lui dire;∎ to take on a bet accepter un pari∎ the unions took on the government les syndicats se sont attaqués ou s'en sont pris au gouvernement;∎ I shouldn't like to take him on je n'aimerais pas avoir affaire à lui;∎ he took us on at poker il nous a défiés au poker(c) (acquire, assume) prendre, revêtir;∎ her face took on a worried look elle a pris un air inquiet;∎ the word takes on another meaning le mot prend une autre significationfamiliar (fret, carry on) s'en faire;∎ don't take on so! ne t'en fais pas!∎ take the cheese out of the refrigerator sors le fromage du réfrigérateur;∎ he took the knife out of his pocket il a sorti le couteau de sa poche;∎ take your hands out of your pockets enlève les mains de tes poches;∎ they took their children out of school ils ont retiré leurs enfants de l'école;∎ Medicine to take out sb's appendix/tonsils enlever l'appendice/les amygdales à qn;∎ figurative to take the food out of sb's mouth retirer le pain de la bouche de qn∎ to take sb out to dinner/to the movies emmener qn dîner/au cinéma;∎ I took her out for a bike ride je l'ai emmenée faire un tour à vélo;∎ would you take the dog out? tu veux bien sortir le chien ou aller promener le chien?(d) (obtain → subscription) prendre; (→ insurance policy) souscrire à, prendre; (→ licence) se procurer; (→ patent) prendre;∎ to take out a mortgage faire un emprunt immobilier∎ to take sb out (kill) buter qn, zigouiller qn, refroidir qn;∎ the planes took the factory out by bombing les avions ont détruit l'usine (en la bombardant)∎ to take out one's partner changer la couleur annoncée par son partenaire∎ to take sb out of himself/herself changer les idées à qn;∎ familiar working as an interpreter takes a lot out of you le travail d'interprète est épuisant□ ;∎ familiar the operation really took it out of him l'opération l'a mis à plat;∎ familiar it takes the fun out of it ça gâche tout□ ;∎ familiar to take it out on sb s'en prendre à qn□ ;∎ familiar he took his anger out on his wife il a passé sa colère sur sa femme□ ;∎ familiar don't take it out on me! ne t'en prends pas à moi!□(a) (assume responsibility of) reprendre;∎ he wants his daughter to take over the business il veut que sa fille reprenne l'affaire;∎ she took over my classes elle a pris la suite de mes cours;∎ will you be taking over his job? est-ce que vous allez le remplacer (dans ses fonctions)?(b) (gain control of, invade) s'emparer de;∎ the military took over the country l'armée a pris le pouvoir;∎ she takes the place over (by being bossy etc) elle joue les despotes;∎ fast-food restaurants have taken over Paris les fast-foods ou French Canadian restaurants-minute ont envahi Paris∎ they were taken over by a Japanese firm ils ont été rachetés par une entreprise japonaise∎ I'll take you over by car je vais vous y conduire en voiture;∎ the boat took us over to Seattle le bateau nous a emmenés jusqu'à Seattle(e) Typography transférer à la ligne suivante∎ who will take over now that the mayor has stepped down? qui va prendre la relève maintenant que le maire a donné sa démission?;∎ I'll take over when he leaves je le remplacerai quand il partira;∎ will he allow her to take over? va-t-il lui céder la place?;∎ compact discs have taken over from records le (disque) compact a remplacé le (disque) vinyle(b) (army, dictator) prendre le pouvoir(a) (have a liking for → person) se prendre d'amitié ou de sympathie pour, prendre en amitié; (→ activity, game) prendre goût à;∎ I think he took to you je crois que vous lui avez plu;∎ we took to one another at once nous avons tout de suite sympathisé;∎ she didn't take to him il ne lui a pas plu;∎ we've really taken to golf nous avons vraiment pris goût au golf(b) (acquire as a habit) se mettre à;∎ to take to drink or to the bottle se mettre à boire;∎ to take to doing sth se mettre à faire qch;∎ she took to wearing black elle s'est mise à s'habiller en noir(c) (make for, head for)∎ he's taken to his bed with the flu il est alité avec la grippe;∎ the rebels took to the hills les insurgés se sont réfugiés dans les collines;∎ they took to the woods ils se sont enfuis dans les bois;∎ to take to the road prendre la route;∎ to take to the boats monter dans les canots de sauvetage➲ take up∎ the lift took us up to the 25th floor l'ascenseur nous a amenés au 25ème étage(b) (pick up → object) ramasser, prendre; (→ passenger) prendre; (→ paving stones, railway tracks) enlever;∎ she took up the notes from the table elle a ramassé ou pris les notes sur la table;∎ they're taking up the street la rue est en travaux;∎ we finally took up the carpet nous avons enfin enlevé la moquette∎ you'd better take up the slack in that rope tu ferais mieux de retendre ou tendre cette corde∎ this table takes up too much room cette table prend trop de place ou est trop encombrante;∎ moving house took up the whole day le déménagement a pris toute la journée;∎ her work takes up all her attention son travail l'absorbe complètement(f) (begin, become interested in → activity, hobby) se mettre à; (→ job) prendre; (→ career) commencer, embrasser;∎ when did you take up Greek? quand est-ce que tu t'es mis au grec?;∎ I've taken up gardening je me suis mis au jardinage(g) (continue, resume) reprendre, continuer;∎ I took up the tale where Susan had left off j'ai repris l'histoire là où Susan l'avait laissée;∎ she took up her knitting again elle a repris son tricot(h) (adopt → attitude) prendre, adopter; (→ method) adopter; (→ place, position) prendre; (→ idea) adopter;∎ they took up residence in town ils se sont installés en ville;∎ to take up one's duties entrer en fonctions∎ take it up with the boss parlez-en au patron(k) (shares, stock) souscrire àreprendre, continuer∎ he took it upon himself to organize the meeting il s'est chargé d'organiser la réunion(a) (accept offer, advice of)∎ his daughter took him up on his advice sa fille a suivi ses conseils;∎ he might take you up on that someday! il risque de vous prendre au mot un jour!;∎ she took him up on his promise elle a mis sa parole à l'épreuve∎ I'd like to take you up on that point j'aimerais revenir sur ce point avec vous∎ to take up with sb se lier d'amitié avec qn, prendre qn en amitié;∎ she took up with a bad crowd elle s'est mise à fréquenter des vauriens∎ to be taken up with doing sth être occupé à faire qch;∎ she's very taken up with him elle ne pense qu'à lui;∎ she's taken up with her business elle est très prise par ses affaires;∎ meetings were taken up with talk about the economy on passait les réunions à parler de l'économieⓘ Take me to your leader Il s'agit de la formule prononcée par les extra-terrestres fraîchement débarqués sur terre dans les vieux films de science-fiction et adressée au premier terrien rencontré. On emploie cette phrase ("menez-moi jusqu'à votre chef") de façon humoristique lorsque, dans une situation donnée, on désire parler au responsable. -
2 take
1. [teık] n1. 1) захват, взятие; получение2) шахм. взятие ( фигуры)2. 1) сл. выручка, барыши; сбор ( театральный)2) получка3. 1) улов ( рыбы)2) добыча ( на охоте)4. 1) аренда ( земли)2) арендованный участок5. разг. популярная песенка, пьеса6. мед. проф. хорошо принявшаяся прививка7. полигр. «урок» наборщика8. кино снятый кадр, кинокадр, дубль9. мед. пересадка ( кожи)10. запись (на пленку и т. п.)♢
give and take - а) взаимные уступки, компромисс; б) обмен любезностями; обмен шутками, колкостями, пикировка2. [teık] v (took; taken)on the take - корыстный, продажный
I1. брать; хвататьto take a pencil [a sheet of paper, a spade] - взять карандаш [лист бумаги, лопату]
to take smth. in one's hand - взять что-л. в руку
to take smb.'s hand, to take smb. by the hand - взять кого-л. за руку
to take smb. in one's arms - а) брать кого-л. на руки; б) обнимать кого-л.
to take smb.'s arm - взять кого-л. под руку
to take smth. in one's arms - взять что-л. в руки; схватить что-л. руками
to take smb. to one's arms /to one's breast/ - обнимать кого-л., прижимать кого-л. к груди
to take smb. by the shoulders - взять /схватить/ кого-л. за плечи
to take smb. by the throat - взять /схватить/ кого-л. за горло /за глотку/
to take smth. between one's finger and thumb - взять что-л. двумя пальцами
to take smth. (up) with a pair of tongs - взять что-л. щипцами
to take smth. on one's back - взвалить что-л. на спину
take a sheet of paper from /out of/ the drawer - возьми лист бумаги из ящика стола
take your bag off the table - снимите /уберите, возьмите/ сумку со стола
take this table out of the room - уберите /вынесите/ этот стол из комнаты
2. 1) захватывать; овладевать, завоёвыватьto take a fortress [a town] (by storm) - брать крепость [город] (штурмом)
to take prisoners - захватывать /брать/ пленных
he was taken prisoner - его взяли /он попал/ в плен
he was taken in the street - его взяли /арестовали/ на улице
2) ловитьa rabbit taken in a trap - заяц, попавшийся в капкан
he managed to take the ball (off the bat) - ему удалось поймать мяч (с биты)
to take smb. in the act - застать кого-л. на месте преступления
to take smb. by surprise /off his guard, unawares/ - захватить /застигнуть/ кого-л. врасплох
to take smb. at his word - поймать кого-л. на слове
4) уносить, сводить в могилуpneumonia took him - воспаление лёгких свело его в могилу, он умер от воспаления лёгких
3. 1) присваивать, брать (без разрешения)who has taken my pen? - кто взял мою ручку?
he takes whatever he can lay his hands on - он пользуется (всем), чем только может, он берёт всё, что под руку подвернётся
he is always taking other people's ideas - он всегда использует /присваивает себе/ чужие мысли, он всегда пользуется чужими мыслями
2) (from) отбирать, забиратьthey took his dog from him - они у него забрали /отобрали/ собаку
4. 1) пользоваться; получать; приобретатьto take a taxi - брать такси [см. тж. II А 2]
to take one's part - взять свою часть /долю/ [ср. тж. III А 2)]
to take a quotation from Shakespeare [from a book] - воспользоваться цитатой из Шекспира [из книги], взять цитату из Шекспира [из книги]
to take a holiday - а) взять отпуск; when are you taking your holiday? - когда ты идёшь в отпуск?; б) отдыхать; you must take a holiday - вам надо отдохнуть; I am taking a holiday today - я сегодня отдыхаю /не работаю/; сегодня у меня свободный день
he lived in my house and took my care and nursing - он жил у меня и принимал мои заботы и уход (как должное)
2) выбиратьhe took the largest piece of cake - он взял себе самый большой кусок пирога
to take any means to do smth. - использовать любые средства, чтобы сделать что-л.
which route shall you take? - какой дорогой вы пойдёте /поедете/?
she is old enough to take her own way - она достаточно взрослая, чтобы самой выбрать свой собственный путь
3) покупатьI take bread here - я покупаю /беру/ хлеб здесь
you will take - 2 lbs. - купишь /возьмёшь/ два фунта (чего-л.)
I shall take it for $3 - я возьму /куплю/ это за три доллара
4) выигрывать; брать, битьto take a bishop - взять /побить/ слона ( в шахматах)
he took little by that move - этот ход /шаг/ мало помог /мало что дал/ ему
5) юр. вступать во владение, наследоватьaccording to the will he will take when of age - согласно завещанию он вступит во владение (имуществом) по достижении совершеннолетия
5. 1) доставать, добыватьto take the crop - убирать /собирать/ урожай
2) взимать, собирать; добиваться уплатыto take contributions to the Red Cross - собирать пожертвования в пользу Красного Креста
3) получать, зарабатывать6. 1) принимать (что-л.); соглашаться (на что-л.)to take an offer [presents] - принимать предложение [подарки]
to take £50 for the picture - взять /согласиться на/ пятьдесят фунтов за картину
how much less will you take? - на сколько вы сбавите цену?, сколько вы уступите?
take what he offers you - возьми /прими/ то, что он тебе предлагает
I'll take it - ладно, я согласен
I will take no denial - отказа я не приму; не вздумайте отказываться
to take smb.'s orders - слушаться кого-л., подчиняться кому-л.
I am not taking orders from you - я вам не подчиняюсь, я не буду выполнять ваши приказы; ≅ вы мне не указчик
to take a wager /a bet/ - идти на пари
to take a dare /a challenge/ - принимать вызов
2) получатьtake that (and that)! - получай!, вот тебе!
7. воспринимать, реагироватьto take smth. coolly [lightly] - относиться к чему-л. спокойно /хладнокровно/ [несерьёзно /беспечно/]
to take smth. to heart - принимать что-л. (близко) к сердцу
I wonder how he will take it - интересно, как он к этому отнесётся
I can't take him [his words] seriously - я не могу принимать его [его слова] всерьёз, я не могу серьёзно относиться к нему [к его словам]
he took the joke in earnest - он не понял шутки, он принял шутку всерьёз
he is really kind-hearted if you take him the right way - он, в сущности, добрый человек, если (конечно) правильно его воспринимать
this is no way to take his behaviour - на его поведение нужно реагировать не так
take it easy! - а) не волнуйся!; б) смотри на вещи проще!; в) не усердствуй чрезмерно!
to take things as they are /as one finds them, as they come/ - принимать вещи такими, какие они есть
to take smth. amiss /ill, in bad part/ - обижаться на что-л.
you must not take it ill of him - вы не должны сердиться на него; он не хотел вас обидеть
to take kindly to smb. - дружески /тепло/ отнестись к кому-л. принять участие в ком-л.
he took kindly to the young author - он принял участие в начинающем писателе, он «пригрел» начинающего писателя
to take smth. kindly - благожелательно /доброжелательно/ отнестись к чему-л.
I should take it kindly if you would answer my letter - я буду вам очень благодарен, если вы ответите на моё письмо
8. 1) понимать; толковатьI take your meaning - я вас понимаю, я понимаю, что вы хотите сказать
I [don't] take you - уст. я вас [не] понимаю, я [не] понимаю, что вы хотите сказать
how did you take his remark? - как вы поняли его замечание?
to take smb. in the wrong way - неправильно понять кого-л.
your words may be taken in a bad sense - ваши слова можно истолковать дурно /превратно/
2) полагать, считать; заключатьto take the news to be true /as true/ - считать эти сведения верными /соответствующими действительности/
what time do you take it to be? - как вы думаете /как по-вашему/, сколько сейчас времени?
how old do you take him to be? - сколько лет вы ему дадите?
I take it that we are to wait here [to come early] - надо полагать /я так понимаю/, что мы должны ждать здесь [прийти рано]
let us take it that it is so - предположим, что это так
3) верить; считать истинным(you may) take it from me that he means what he says - поверьте мне, он не шутит /к тому, что он говорит, надо отнестись серьёзно/
take it from me!, take my word for it - можете мне поверить; уж я-то знаю!, можете не сомневаться!
we must take it at that - ничего не поделаешь, приходится верить
9. охватывать, овладеватьhis conscience takes him when he is sober - когда он трезв, его мучают угрызения совести
what has taken the boy? - что нашло на мальчика?
he was taken with a fit of coughing [of laughter] - на него напал приступ кашля [смеха]
to be taken ill /bad/ - заболеть
10. 1) захватывать, увлекать; нравитьсяto take smb.'s fancy - а) поразить чьё-л. воображение; the story took my fancy - рассказ поразил моё воображение; б) понравиться; her new novel took the fancy of the public - её новый роман понравился читателям
I was not taken with him - он мне не понравился, он не произвёл на меня (большого) впечатления
he was very much taken with the idea - он очень увлёкся этой мыслью, он был весь во власти этой идеи
2) иметь успех, становиться популярным (тж. take on)the play didn't take (with the public) - пьеса не имела успеха (у публики)
11. записывать, регистрировать, протоколироватьto take dictation - а) писать под диктовку; б) писать диктант
12. 1) снимать, фотографироватьto take a photograph of a tower - сфотографировать башню, сделать снимок башни
he liked to take animals - он любил фотографировать /снимать/ животных
2) выходить, получаться на фотографииhe does not take well, he takes badly - он плохо выходит /получается/ на фотографии; он нефотогеничен
13. использовать в качестве примераtake the French Revolution - возьмите /возьмём/ (например) Французскую революцию
take me for example - возьмите меня, например
14. вмешатьthis car takes only five - в этой машине может поместиться только пять человек
the typewriter takes large sizes of paper - в эту (пишущую) машинку входит бумага большого формата
15. 1) требовать; отниматьit takes time, means and skill - на это нужно время, средства и умение
the stuff takes sixty hours in burning - это вещество сгорает за шестьдесят часов
how long will it take you to translate this article? - сколько времени уйдёт у вас на перевод этой статьи?
it took him three years to write the book - ему потребовалось три года, чтобы написать книгу [ср. тж. 2)]
this trip will take a lot of money - на эту поездку уйдёт /потребуется/ много денег
it takes some pluck to do our work - для нашей работы требуется немало мужества
it took four men to hold him - потребовалось четыре человека, чтобы его удержать
it would take volumes to relate - нужны тома, чтобы это рассказать
it takes a lot of doing - разг. это сделать довольно трудно, это не так-то просто сделать
the work took some doing - работа потребовала усилий, работа попалась нелёгкая
it took some finding [explaining] - разг. это было трудно найти /разыскать/ [объяснить]
he has everything it takes to be a pilot - у него есть все (необходимые) качества (для того), чтобы стать лётчиком
she's got what it takes - разг. она очень привлекательна, она нравится мужчинам
2) требовать, нуждатьсяhe took two hours to get there - ему потребовалось два часа, чтобы добраться туда; дорога туда отняла у него два часа
wait for me, I won't take long - подожди меня, я скоро освобожусь
he took three years to write /in writing/ the book - ему потребовалось три года, чтобы написать книгу [ср. тж. 1)]
3) требовать ( грамматической формы)a plural noun takes a plural verb - существительное во множественном числе требует глагола /употребляется с глаголом/ во множественном числе
16. (in, on) цепляться (за что-л.); застревать, запутываться (в чём-л.)17. жениться; выходить замужshe wouldn't take him - она не хотела выходить за него замуж, она ему упорно отказывала
he took to wife Jane Smith - уст. он взял в жёны Джейн Смит
18. с.-х. приниматьthe cow [the mare] took the bull [the stallion] - корова [кобыла] приняла быка [жеребца]
19. 1) приниматьсяbefore the graft has taken - до тех пор, пока прививка не принялась
2) действовать; приниматьсяthe vaccination did not take - оспа не привилась /не принялась/
the medicine seems to be taking - лекарство, кажется, подействовало
3) держаться, закрепляться, оставатьсяthis ink does not take on glossy paper - этими чернилами нельзя писать на глянцевой бумаге
20. начинаться, расходиться, набирать силу21. 1) амер. схватываться, замерзать2) тех. твердеть, схватываться22. разг. становиться, делатьсяto take sick - заболеть, захворать; приболеть
II А1. 1) принимать (пищу, лекарство)to take an early breakfast [dinner] - рано позавтракать [пообедать]
will you take tea or coffee? - вы будете пить чай или кофе?
do you take sugar in your tea? - вы пьёте чай с сахаром?
I cannot take whiskey - я не могу пить /не выношу/ виски
he can't take his drink - разг. он не умеет пить
he can take his drink - разг. у него крепкая голова, он может много выпить
that's all he ever takes - это всё, что он ест
to take medicine [pills, sleeping powders] - принимать лекарство [пилюли, снотворное]
I must take smth. for my headache - мне нужно принять что-л. от головной боли
to be (well) shaken before taking - перед употреблением взбалтывать ( надпись на этикетке лекарства)
to be taken - принимать внутрь, для внутреннего употребления ( надпись на этикетке лекарства)
2) нюхать ( табак)3) клевать, брать ( приманку)the fish doesn't take (the bait /the hook/) - рыба не клюёт
2. ездить (на автобусе, такси и т. п.)to take a tram [a taxi] - поехать на трамвае [на такси] [см. тж. I 4, 1)]
3. 1) снимать, арендовать ( помещение)they've taken the large hall for the conference - они сняли большой зал для конференции
2) нанимать, приглашать (рабочих и т. п.)to take smb. as a servant - взять кого-л. в качестве слуги
he took me into partnership - он сделал меня своим компаньоном, он принял /пригласил/ меня в долю
he has been taken into the Air Ministry - его взяли /приняли на работу/ в министерство авиации
3) брать (постояльцев и т. п.)to take pupils [lodgers] - брать учеников [постояльцев]
which magazines and newspapers do you take? - какие журналы и газеты вы выписываете?
5. 1) принимать (руководство, обязанности и т. п.); нести (ответственность и т. п.)to take control - брать в свои руки руководство /управление/
to take charge of smb., smth. - взять на себя заботу о ком-л., чём-л.; осуществлять контроль /надзор/ за кем-л., чем-л.
when I go away she is to take charge of the children - когда я уеду, она будет заботиться о детях
I don't want to take the blame for what he did - я не хочу отвечать за то, что сделал он; ≅ он виноват, пусть он и отвечает /расхлёбывает/
I shall take it upon myself to convince him - я беру /возьму/ на себя (задачу) убедить его
2) вступать (в должность и т. п.)3) получать (степень и т. п.)to take a degree - получить учёную степень, стать магистром или доктором наук
to take holy orders - принять духовный сан, стать священником
6. занимать ( место)to take a front [a back] seat - садиться спереди [сзади] [ср. тж. ♢ ]
take a seat! - садитесь!
take the chair - садитесь /сядьте/ на (этот) стул [ср. тж. ♢ ]
take your seats! - занимайте места! (в поезде и т. п.)
7. держаться, двигаться (в каком-л. направлении)to take (a little) to the right - брать /держаться/ (немного) правее
take this street until you come to the big yellow house, then take the first street to the right, go another 100 yards and take the turning on the left - идите по этой улице до большого жёлтого дома, затем сверните в первую улицу направо, пройдите ещё сто ярдов и сверните (за угол) налево
8. занимать ( позицию); придерживаться (мнения, точки зрения и т. п.)to take the attitude of an outsider - занять позицию (стороннего) наблюдателя
if you take this attitude we shall not come to an agreement - если вы так будете к этому относиться, мы не договоримся /не придём к соглашению/
to take a strong stand - решительно настаивать на своём, упорно отстаивать свою точку зрения; занять жёсткую позицию
to take a jaundiced view - отнестись к чему-л. предвзято /предубеждённо, пристрастно/
to take a practical view of the situation - смотреть на дело /положение/ практически /с практической точки зрения/; трезво смотреть на ситуацию
9. 1) приобретать, принимать (вид, форму и т. п.)a pudding takes its shape from the mould - пудинг принимает форму посуды (в которой он пёкся)
the word takes a new meaning in this text - в этом тексте слово приобретает новое значение
this drink takes its flavour from the lemon peel - лимонная корочка придаёт этому напитку особый вкус /привкус/
2) получать, наследовать (имя, название и т. п.)the city of Washington takes its name from George Washington - город Вашингтон назван в честь Джорджа Вашингтона
this apparatus takes ifs name from the inventor - этот аппарат назван по имени изобретателя
10. 1) преодолевать (препятствие и т. п.)to take a hurdle [a grade] - брать барьер [подъём]
the horse took the ditch [the fence] - лошадь перепрыгнула через канаву [забор]
the car took the corner at full speed - машина свернула за угол на полной скорости
2) выигрывать, побеждать, одерживать верх (в спортивном состязании и т. п.)the visiting team took the game 8 to 1 - команда гостей выиграла встречу со счётом 8:1
3) выигрывать, завоёвывать, брать (приз и т. п.); занимать ( определённое место)to take (the) first prize - завоевать /получить/ первую премию
who took the first place? - кто занял первое место?
4) поразить ( ворота в крикете)11. (into)1) посвящать (в тайну и т. п.)to take smb. into the secret - посвятить кого-л. в тайну
to take smb. into one's confidence - оказать доверие /довериться/ кому-л.; поделиться с кем-л.; сделать кого-л. поверенным своих тайн
we took him into the details - мы ознакомили его с подробностями; мы ввели его в курс дела
2) принимать (в расчёт и т. п.)to take smth. into account /into consideration/ - принять что-л. во внимание, учесть что-л.
12. 1) изучать (предмет, ремесло)I shall take French - я буду изучать французский язык, я буду заниматься французским
you should take a course in physiology - вам следует заняться физиологией /прослушать курс физиологии/
2) вести (занятия и т. п.)he always takes botany in the park - он всегда проводит занятия по ботанике в парке
to take the evening service - церк. служить вечерню
13. определять (размер, расстояние и т. п.); снимать ( показания приборов)to take the /a/ temperature - измерять температуру
to take azimuth - засекать направление, брать азимут
to take bearings - а) ориентироваться; уяснять обстановку; б) пеленговать
14. носить, иметь размер (ноги и т. п.)what size do you take in shoes? - какой размер обуви вы носите?
she takes sevens /a seven/ in gloves - она носит седьмой номер перчаток
15. подвергаться (наказанию и т. п.); нести (потери, урон)to take a light [severe] punishment - воен. а) получить лёгкое [серьёзное] повреждение; б) нести незначительные [большие] потери
to take a direct hit - воен. получить прямое попадание
16. 1) выдерживать, переносить (неприятности, удары и т. п.)I don't know how he can take it - я не знаю, как он (это) выдерживает
she takes the rough with the smooth - она стойко переносит превратности судьбы
he always takes what comes to him - он всегда мирится с тем, что есть
2) (take it) сл. выносить, терпетьhe can dish it out but he can't take it - он может любого отделать /любому всыпать по первое число/, но сам такого обращения ни от кого не потерпит
4) выдерживать (физические нагрузки; о балке и т. п.)17. заболеть; заразиться ( болезнью)18. поддаваться (отделке, обработке и т. п.)19. впитывать, поглощать ( жидкость)20. спорт. принимать (подачу, мяч и т. п.)II Б1. 1) to take to á place направляться куда-л.to take to the field - направиться в поле; выйти в поле [ср. тж. ♢ ]
he took to the road again - он вновь вышел /вернулся/ на дорогу [см. тж. 4, 4)]
the guerillas took to the mountains - партизаны ушли в горы /скрылись в горах/
2) to take across smth. пересекать что-л., идти через что-л.3) it /smth./ takes somewhere диал. идти, течь и т. п. в каком-л. направлении (о дороге, реке и т. п.)2. to take smb., smth. to á place, to smb.1) доставлять, относить, отводить, отвозить кого-л., что-л. куда-л., к кому-л.to take smb. home - отвезти /отвести, проводить/ кого-л. домой
may I take you home? - можно мне проводить вас (домой)?
to take smb. to the hospital - доставить /отвезти/ кого-л. в больницу
he was taken to the police station - его доставили /отвели/ в полицейский участок
don't worry, I'll take the book to your father - не беспокойтесь, я отнесу книгу вашему отцу
it was I who took the news to him - это /именно/ я сообщил ему эту новость
the butler took the lawyer to the old lady - дворецкий провёл /проводил/ адвоката к старой даме
2) приводить кого-л. куда-л.what took you to the city today? - что привело вас сегодня в город?
business took him to London - он поехал в Лондон по делу, дела заставили его поехать в Лондон
3) брать кого-л., что-л. (с собой) куда-л.why don't you take the manuscript to the country? - почему бы тебе не взять рукопись с собой в деревню?
4) выводить, приводить кого-л. куда-л. (о дороге и т. п.)where will this road take me? - куда эта дорога выведет меня?
3. to take smb. for smth. выводить кого-л. (на прогулку и т. п.)to take smb. for a ride - взять кого-л. (с собой) на прогулку ( на лошади или на автомобиле) [см. тж. ♢ ]
4. to take to smth.1) пристраститься к чему-л.to take to drink /to drinking, to the bottle/ - пристраститься к вину, запить
2) проявлять интерес, симпатию к чему-л.he didn't take to the idea - его эта идея не заинтересовала, ему эта идея не понравилась /не пришлась по вкусу/
does he take to Latin? - он с удовольствием занимается латынью?
I took to instant coffee - я полюбил быстрорастворимый кофе, быстрорастворимый кофе пришёлся мне по вкусу
3) привыкать, приспосабливаться к чему-л.fruit trees take badly to the soil - фруктовые деревья плохо акклиматизируются на этой почве
4) обращаться, прибегать к чему-л.the ship was sinking and they had to take to the boats - корабль тонул, и им пришлось воспользоваться лодками
he took to the road again - он снова пустился в странствия, он вернулся к бродячему образу жизни [см. тж. 1, 1)]
to take to one's bed - слечь, заболеть
5) начинать заниматься чем-л.to take to literature - заняться литературой, стать писателем
to take to the stage - поступить в театр, стать актёром
5. 1) to take to smb. полюбить кого-л., почувствовать к кому-л. симпатиюthey have taken to each other - они понравились друг другу, они потянулись друг к другу
2) to take against smb. выступать против кого-л.6. to take after smb.1) походить на кого-л.2) подражатьhis followers take after him in this particular - его сторонники следуют его примеру в этом отношении
7. 1) to take smb., smth. for smb., smth. принимать кого-л., что-л. за кого-л., что-л.I am not the person you take me for - я не тот, за кого вы меня принимаете
do you take me for a fool? - вы принимаете меня за дурака?, вы считаете меня дураком?
2) to take smb., smth. to be smb., smth. считать кого-л., что-л. кем-л., чем-л., принимать кого-л., что-л. за кого-л., что-л.I took him to be an honest man - я принял его за честного человека; он мне показался честным человеком
do you take me to be a fool? - вы считаете меня дураком?, вы принимаете меня за дурака?
how old do you take him to be? - как по-вашему, сколько ему лет?
8. to take smth., smb. off smth., smb.1) снимать что-л. с чего-л.to take the saucepan off the fire [the lid off the pan] - снять кастрюлю с огня [крышку с кастрюли]
2) снимать, вычитать что-л. из чего-л.to take 3 shillings off the price of smth. - снизить цену на что-л. на три шиллинга
3) заимствовать что-л. у кого-л., подражать, копировать; пародировать, передразниватьher hairdo was taken off a famous actress - причёску она взяла /заимствовала/ у одной известной актрисы
she takes her manners off him - своими манерами /своим поведением/ она подражает ему
4) отвлекать что-л., кого-л. от чего-л., кого-л.to take smb.'s attention off smth. - отвлечь чьё-л. внимание от чего-л.
to take smb.'s mind off smth. - отвлечь чьи-л. мысли от чего-л.
I hope the child will take his mind off his troubles - я надеюсь, (что) ребёнок заставит его забыть неприятности
to take one's mind off smth. - забыть что-л.
I can't take my mind off this misfortune - я не могу забыть об этом несчастье
he couldn't take his eyes off the picture - он не мог оторваться /отвести глаз/ от картины
to take smb. off his work - отвлекать кого-л. от работы, мешать кому-л. работать
5) избавлять что-л., кого-л. от чего-л., кого-л.he took the responsibility [the blame] off me - он снял с меня ответственность [вину]
he took him [the responsibility, all the worries] off my hands - он избавил меня от него [от ответственности, от всех хлопот]
6) отстранять кого-л. от чего-л.to take smb. off the job - отстранить кого-л. от работы
7) вычёркивать, изымать кого-л. из чего-л.to take smb. off the list - вычеркнуть /изъять/ кого-л. из списка
to take a ship off the active list - вычеркнуть корабль из числа действующих
8) сбивать кого-л. с чего-л.the waves took me off my feet - волны сбили меня с ног [ср. тж. ♢ ]
9. 1) to take smth. from smth. вычитать что-л. из чего-л.if we take two from five we'll have tree left - если вычесть два из пяти, останется /в остатке будет/ три
the storekeeper took a dollar from the price - лавочник сбавил цену на доллар
2) to take from smth. снижать, ослаблятьto take from the value of smth. - снижать ценность, стоимость чего-л.
it doesn't take from the effect of the play - это не ослабляет впечатления, которое производит пьеса
to take from the merit of smb. - умалять чьи-л. достоинства
10. to take smth. out of smth.1) выносить что-л. откуда-л.books must not be taken out of the library - книги нельзя выносить из библиотеки
2) вынимать что-л. откуда-л.3) отвлекать, развлекать кого-л.a drive in the country will take her out of herself - поездка за город развлечёт её /отвлечёт её от мрачных мыслей/
4) устранять кого-л.to take smb. out of one's way - устранить кого-л. (со своего пути)
11. to take smb. through smth.1) заставить кого-л. сделать что-л.I took him through a book of Livy - я заставил его прочесть (одну) книгу Ливия
to take smb. through the first two books of English - прочитать с кем-л. первые две английские книги, помочь кому-л. справиться с двумя первыми английскими книгами
2) заставить кого-л. пройти через что-л.; подвергнуть кого-л. чему-л.12. to take smth., smb. down smth. вести что-л., кого-л. вниз по чему-л.to take a little boat down the Mississippi - пройти /совершить путешествие/ на маленькой лодке вниз по Миссисипи
13. to take smth. up to smth. доводить что-л. до какого-л. времени14. to take smb. over some place водить кого-л., показывать кому-л. что-л. (обыкн. помещение и т. п.)to take smb. over a house [a museum] - показывать кому-л. дом [музей], водить кого-л. по дому [по музею]
15. to take smb. on /in, across, over/ smth. попадать кому-л. по какому-л. месту, ударять кого-л. по чему-л.the blow took me across the arm [over the head] - удар пришёлся мне по руке [по голове]
16. to take upon oneself to do smth. браться за что-л., брать на себя выполнение чего-л.to take upon oneself to distribute food - взять на себя распределение продовольствия
III А1) обыкн. в сочетании с последующим отглагольным существительным выражает единичный акт или кратковременное действие, соответствующее значению существительного:to take a walk - погулять; прогуляться, пройтись
to take a turn - а) повернуть; б) прогуляться, пройтись; покататься, проехаться
to take a step - шагнуть [ср. тж. 2)]
to take a run - разбежаться [ср. тж. ♢ ]
to take a jump /a leap/ - прыгнуть
to take a nap - вздремнуть; соснуть
to take a leak - сл. помочиться
to take a look /a glance/ - взглянуть
to take a shot - выстрелить [ср. тж. ♢ ]
to take a risk /a chance/ - рискнуть
to take (a) breath - а) вдохнуть; б) перевести дыхание; he stopped to take (a) breath - он остановился, чтобы перевести дыхание /передохнуть/
to take (one's) leave - прощаться, уходить
to take an examination - сдавать /держать/ экзамен
to take an oath - а) дать клятву, поклясться; б) воен. принимать присягу
2) обыкн. в сочетании с существительным выражает действие, носящее общий характер:to take action - а) действовать, принимать меры; I felt I had to take action - я чувствовал, что мне необходимо что-то сделать /начать действовать, принять меры/; б) юр. возбуждать судебное дело
to take steps - принимать меры [ср. тж. 1)]
what steps did you take to help them? - какие вы приняли меры /что вы предприняли/, чтобы помочь им?
to take effect - а) возыметь, оказать действие; when the pills took effect - когда пилюли подействовали, б) вступить в силу; the law will take effect next year - закон вступит в силу с будущего года
to take place - случаться, происходить
to take part - участвовать, принимать участие [ср. тж. I 4, 1)]
take post! - по местам!
to take root - пустить корни, укорениться
to take hold - а) схватить; he took hold of my arm - он схватил меня за руку; он ухватился за мою руку; б) овладевать; my plane had taken hold upon his fancy - мой план захватил его воображение; the fashion took hold - мода укоренилась
to take possession - а) стать владельцем, вступить во владение; б) овладеть, захватить
to take aim /sight/ - прицеливаться
to take counsel - совещаться; советоваться
to take advice - а) советоваться, консультироваться; б) следовать совету; take my advice - послушайтесь доброго совета; to take legal advice - брать консультацию у юриста
to take account - принимать во внимание, учитывать
you must take account of his illness - вы должны учитывать, что он был болен
they took advantage of the old woman - они обманули /провели/ эту старую женщину
to take the privilege - воспользоваться правом /привилегией/
we take this opportunity of thanking /to thank/ you - мы пользуемся случаем, чтобы поблагодарить вас
to take interest - интересоваться, проявлять интерес; увлекаться (чем-л.)
to take pleasure /delight/ - находить удовольствие
to take pity - проявлять жалость /милосердие/
to take trouble - стараться, прилагать усилия; брать на себя труд
she took great pains with her composition - она очень усердно работала над своим сочинением
to take comfort - успокоиться, утешиться
to take courage /heart/ - мужаться; воспрянуть духом; приободриться; не унывать
take courage! - мужайся!, не робей!
to take cover - прятаться; скрываться
to take refuge /shelter/ - укрыться, найти убежище
in his old age he took refuge from his loneliness in his childhood memories - в старости он спасался /находил убежище/ от одиночества в воспоминаниях детства
to take fire - загораться, воспламеняться
to take warning - остерегаться; внять предупреждению
to take notice - замечать; обращать (своё) внимание
to take heed - а) обращать внимание; замечать; б) быть осторожным, соблюдать осторожность
to take care - быть осторожным; take care how you behave - смотри, веди себя осторожно
to take care of smb., smth. - смотреть, присматривать за кем-л., чем-л., заботиться о ком-л., чём-л.
who will take care of the baby? - кто позаботится о ребёнке?, кто присмотрит за ребёнком?
to take a liking /a fancy/ to smb. - полюбить кого-л.
to take a dislike to smb. - невзлюбить кого-л.
to take the salute - воен. а) отвечать на отдание чести; б) принимать парад
♢
take and - амер. диал. взять и
I'll take and bounce a rock on your head - вот возьму и тресну тебя камнем по башке
to take a drop - выпить, подвыпить
to take (a drop /a glass/) too much - хватить /хлебнуть/ лишнего
to take the chair - занять председательское место, председательствовать; открыть заседание [ср. тж. II А 6]
to take the veil - облачиться в одежду монахини; уйти в монастырь
to take the floor - а) выступать, брать слово; б) пойти танцевать
to take for granted - считать само собой разумеющимся /не требующим доказательств/; принимать на веру
to take too much for granted - быть слишком самонадеянным; позволять себе слишком много
to take smth. to pieces - разобрать что-л.
to take a stick to smb. - побить /отделать/ кого-л. палкой
take it or leave it - на ваше усмотрение; как хотите, как угодно
to take a turn for the better, to take a favourable turn - измениться к лучшему, пойти на лад
to take a turn for the worse - измениться к худшему, ухудшиться
to take stock (of smth., smb.) - [см. stock I ♢ ]
to take it out of smb. - а) утомлять, лишать сил кого-л.; the long climb took it out of me - длинный подъём утомил меня; the heat takes it out of me - от жары я очень устаю жара лишает меня сил; the illness has taken it out of him - он обессилел от болезни; б) отомстить кому-л.; I will take it out of you /of your hide/ - я отомщу тебе за это; это тебе даром не пройдёт, ты мне за это заплатишь, так просто ты не отделаешься; я с тобой рассчитаюсь /расквитаюсь/; he will take it out of me /of my hide/ - он отыграется на мне, он мне отомстит за это
to take smb.'s measure - а) снимать мерку с кого-л.; б) присматриваться к кому-л.; определять чей-л. характер; в) распознать /раскусить/ кого-л.
to take sides - присоединиться /примкнуть/ к той или другой стороне
to take smb.'s side /part/, to take sides /part/ with smb. - стать на /принять/ чью-л. сторону
to take to one's heels - улизнуть, удрать, дать стрекача, пуститься наутёк
to take one's hook - смотать удочки, дать тягу
to take it on the lam - амер. сл. смываться, скрываться; улепётывать
to take the cake /the biscuit, the bun/ - занять /выйти на/ первое место; получить приз
it takes the cake! - это превосходит всё!, дальше идти некуда!
to take off one's hat to smb. - восхищаться кем-л., преклоняться перед кем-л., снимать шляпу перед кем-л.
to take a back seat - а) отойти на задний план, стушеваться; б) занимать скромное положение; [ср. тж. II А 6]
to take a run at smth. - попытаться заняться чем-л. [ср. тж. III А 1)]
to take a shot /a swing/ at smth. /at doing smth./ - попытаться /рискнуть/ сделать что-л. [ср. тж. III А 1)]
to take liberties with smb. - позволять себе вольности по отношению к кому-л.; быть непозволительно фамильярным с кем-л.
not to be taking any - не быть склонным (делать что-л.)
I am not taking any - ≅ слуга покорный!
to take one's hair down - разойтись вовсю, разбушеваться
to take smb. for a ride - прикончить /укокошить/ кого-л. [см. тж. II Б 3]
to take the starch /the frills/ out of smb. - амер. сбить спесь с кого-л., осадить кого-л.
to take smth. with a grain of salt - относиться к чему-л. скептически /недоверчиво, критически/
to take the bit between the /one's/ teeth - закусить удила, пойти напролом
to take to earth - а) охот. уходить в нору; б) спрятаться, притаиться
to take a load from /off/ smb.'s mind - снять тяжесть с души у кого-л.
you've taken a load off my mind - ты снял тяжесть с моей души; у меня от сердца отлегло
to take a load from /off/ one's feet - сесть
to take a leaf out of smb.'s book - следовать чьему-л. примеру, подражать кому-л.
to take a rise out of smb. см. rise I 15
to take in hand - а) взять в руки, прибрать к рукам; б) взять в свои руки; взяться, браться (за что-л.)
to take smb. to task см. task I ♢
to take smb. off his feet - вызвать чей-л. восторг; поразить /увлечь, потрясти/ кого-л. [ср. тж. II Б 8, 8)]
to take smb. out of his way - доставлять кому-л. лишние хлопоты
to take it into one's head - вбить /забрать/ себе в голову
to take one's courage in both hands - набраться храбрости, собраться с духом
to take exception to smth. - возражать /протестовать/ против чего-л.
to take the name of God /the Lord's name/ in vain - богохульствовать, кощунствовать; упоминать имя господа всуе
to take a /one's/ call, to take the curtain - театр. выходить на аплодисменты
to take the field - а) воен. начинать боевые действия; выступать в поход; б) выйти на поле ( о футбольной команде); [ср. тж. II Б 1, 1)]
to take in flank [in rear] - воен. атаковать с фланга [с тыла]
to take out of action - воен. выводить из боя
take your time! - не спеши(те)!, не торопи(те)сь!
he took his time over the job - он делал работу медленно /не спеша/
to take time by the forelock см. time I ♢
the devil take him! - чёрт бы его побрал!
-
3 take
1.1) (get hold of, grasp, seize) nehmentake somebody's arm — jmds. Arm nehmen
take somebody by the hand/arm — jemanden bei der Hand/am Arm nehmen
3) (gain, earn) [Laden:] einbringen; [Film, Stück:] einspielen; (win) gewinnen [Satz, Spiel, Preis, Titel]; erzielen [Punkte]; (Cards) machen [Stich]take first/second etc. place — den ersten/zweiten usw. Platz belegen; (fig.) an erster/zweiter usw. Stelle kommen
take the biscuit (Brit. coll.) or (coll.) cake — (fig.) alle/alles übertreffen
4) (assume possession of) nehmen; (take away with one) mitnehmen; (steal) mitnehmen (verhüll.); (obtain by purchase) kaufen, (by rent) mieten [Auto, Wohnung, Haus]; nehmen [Klavier-, Deutsch-, Fahrstunden]; mitmachen [Tanzkurs]; (buy regularly) nehmen; lesen [Zeitung, Zeitschrift]; (subscribe to) beziehen; (obtain) erwerben [akademischen Grad]; (form a relationship with) sich (Dat.) nehmen [Frau, Geliebten usw.]that woman took my purse — die Frau hat mir meinen Geldbeutel gestohlen
he took his degree at Sussex University — er hat sein Examen an der Universität von Sussex gemacht
take place — stattfinden; (spontaneously) sich ereignen; [Wandlung:] sich vollziehen
I'll take this handbag/the curry, please — ich nehme diese Handtasche/das Curry
5) (avail oneself of, use) nehmen; machen [Pause, Ferien, Nickerchen]; nehmen [Beispiel, Zitat usw.] ( from aus)take the opportunity to do/of doing something — die Gelegenheit dazu benutzen, etwas zu tun
take the car/bus into town — mit dem Auto/Bus in die Stadt fahren
take two eggs — etc. (in recipe) man nehme zwei Eier usw.
take all the time you want — nimm dir ruhig Zeit
[let's] take a more recent example/my sister [for example] — nehmen wir ein Beispiel neueren Datums/einmal meine Schwester
take somebody's shoes to the mender['s]/somebody's coat to the cleaner's — jmds. Schuhe zum Schuster/jmds. Mantel in die Reinigung bringen
take somebody to school/hospital — jemanden zur Schule/ins Krankenhaus bringen
take somebody to the zoo/cinema/to dinner — mit jemandem in den Zoo/ins Kino/zum Abendessen gehen
take somebody into one's home/house — jemanden bei sich aufnehmen
the road takes you/the story takes us to London — die Straße führt nach/die Erzählung führt uns nach London
his ability will take him far/to the top — mit seinen Fähigkeiten wird er es weit bringen/wird er ganz nach oben kommen
take somebody/something with one — jemanden/etwas mitnehmen
take home — mit nach Hause nehmen; (earn) nach Hause bringen [Geld]; (accompany) nach Hause bringen od. begleiten; (to meet one's parents etc.) mit nach Hause bringen
take somebody through/over something — (fig.) mit jemandem etwas durchgehen
take in hand — (begin) in Angriff nehmen; (assume responsibility for) sich kümmern um
take somebody into partnership [with one]/into the business — jemanden zu seinem Teilhaber machen/in sein Geschäft aufnehmen
take a stick etc. to somebody — den Stock usw. bei jemandem gebrauchen
take something to pieces or bits — etwas auseinander nehmen
you can/can't take somebody anywhere — (fig. coll.) man kann jemanden überallhin/nirgendwohin mitnehmen
you can't take it 'with you — (coll.) man kann es ja nicht mitnehmen
take something/somebody from somebody — jemandem etwas/jemanden wegnehmen
take all the fun/hard work out of something — einem alle Freude an etwas (Dat.) nehmen/einem die schwere Arbeit bei etwas ersparen
8)somebody takes courage from something — etwas macht jemandem Mut; see also academic.ru/34054/heart">heart 1)
9)be taken ill or (coll.) sick — krank werden
10) (make) machen [Foto, Kopie]; (photograph) aufnehmen11) (perform, execute) aufnehmen [Brief, Diktat]; machen [Prüfung, Sprung, Spaziergang, Reise, Umfrage]; durchführen [Befragung, Volkszählung]; ablegen [Gelübde, Eid]; übernehmen [Rolle, Part]; treffen [Entscheidung]take a fall/tumble — stürzen/straucheln
take a step forward/backward — einen Schritt vor-/zurücktreten
take a turn for the better/worse — eine Wende zum Besseren/Schlechteren nehmen
12) (negotiate) nehmen [Zaun, Mauer, Hürde, Kurve, Hindernis]13) (conduct) halten [Gottesdienst, Andacht, Unterricht]14) (be taught)15) (consume) trinken [Tee, Kaffee, Kognak usw.]; nehmen [Zucker, Milch, Überdosis, Tabletten, Medizin]what can I take for a cold? — was kann ich gegen eine Erkältung nehmen?
not to be taken [internally] — nicht zur innerlichen Anwendung
16) (occupy) einnehmen [Sitz im Parlament]; übernehmen, antreten [Amt]take somebody's seat — sich auf jmds. Platz setzen
is that/this seat taken? — ist da/hier noch frei?
17) (need, require) brauchen [Platz, Zeit]; haben [Kleider-, Schuhgröße usw.]; (Ling.) haben [Objekt, Plural-s]; gebraucht werden mit [Kasus]this verb takes "sein" — dieses Verb wird mit "sein" konjugiert
the wound will take some time to heal — es braucht einige Zeit, bis die Wunde geheilt ist
the ticket machine takes 20p and 50p coins — der Fahrkartenautomat nimmt 20-Pence- und 50-Pence-Stücke
as long as it takes — so lange wie nötig
something takes an hour/a year/all day — etwas dauert eine Stunde/ein Jahr/einen ganzen Tag
it takes an hour etc. to do something — es dauert eine Stunde usw., [um] etwas zu tun
somebody takes or it takes somebody a long time/an hour etc. to do something — jmd. braucht lange/eine Stunde usw., um etwas zu tun
what took you so long? — was hast du denn so lange gemacht?
take a lot of work/effort/courage — viel Arbeit/Mühe/Mut kosten
have [got] what it takes — das Zeug dazu haben
it will take [quite] a lot of explaining — es wird schwer zu erklären sein
that story of his takes some believing — die Geschichte, die er da erzählt, ist kaum zu glauben
it takes a thief to know a thief — nur ein Dieb kennt einen Dieb
it takes all sorts [to make a world] — es gibt solche und solche
19) (ascertain and record) notieren [Namen, Adresse, Autonummer usw.]; fühlen [Puls]; messen [Temperatur, Größe usw.]take the minutes of a meeting — bei einer Sitzung [das] Protokoll führen
take somebody's meaning/drift — verstehen, was jmd. meint
take somebody's point — jmds. Standpunkt verstehen
take it [that]... — annehmen, [dass]...
can I take it that...? — kann ich davon ausgehen, dass...?
take something to mean something — etwas so verstehen, dass...
take something as settled/as a compliment/refusal — etwas als erledigt betrachten/als eine Ablehnung/ein Kompliment auffassen
take somebody/something for/to be something — jemanden/etwas für etwas halten
21) (treat or react to in a specified manner) aufnehmentake something well/badly/hard — etwas gut/schlecht/nur schwer verkraften
somebody takes something very badly/hard — etwas trifft jemanden sehr
take something calmly or coolly — etwas gelassen [auf- od. hin]nehmen
you can/may take it as read that... — du kannst sicher sein, dass...
taking it all in all, taking one thing with another — alles in allem
22) (accept) annehmentake money etc. [from somebody/for something] — Geld usw. [von jemandem/für etwas] [an]nehmen
will you take £500 for the car? — wollen Sie den Wagen für 500 Pfund verkaufen?
[you can] take it or leave it — entweder du bist damit einverstanden, oder du lässt es bleiben
take somebody's word for it — sich auf jemanden od. jmds. Wort[e] verlassen
take things as they come, take it as it comes — es nehmen, wie es kommt
23) (receive, submit to) einstecken [müssen] [Schlag, Tritt, Stoß]; (Boxing) nehmen [müssen] [Schlag]; (endure, tolerate) aushalten; vertragen [Klima, Alkohol, Kaffee, Knoblauch]; verwinden [Schock]; (put up with) sich (Dat.) gefallen lassen [müssen] [Kritik, Grobheit]take one's punishment bravely — seine Strafe tapfer ertragen
take no nonsense — sich (Dat.) nichts bieten lassen
24) (adopt, choose) ergreifen [Maßnahmen]; unternehmen [Schritte]; einschlagen [Weg]; sich entschließen zu [Schritt, Handlungsweise]take the wrong road — die falsche Straße fahren/gehen
take a firm etc. stand [with somebody/on or over something] — jemandem gegenüber/hinsichtlich einer Sache nicht nachgeben
25) (receive, accommodate) [an]nehmen [Bewerber, Schüler]; aufnehmen [Gäste]26) (swindle)he was taken for £500 by the conman — (coll.) der Schwindler hat ihm 500 Pfund abgeknöpft (ugs.)
27)2. intransitive verb,be taken with somebody/something — von jemandem/etwas angetan sein
took, taken1) (be successful, effective) [Transplantat:] vom Körper angenommen werden; [Impfung:] anschlagen; [Pfropfreis:] anwachsen; [Sämling, Pflanze:] angehen; [Feuer:] zu brennen beginnen; [Fisch:] [an]beißen2) (detract)3. noun(Telev., Cinemat.) Einstellung, die; Take, der od. das (fachspr.)Phrasal Verbs:- take in- take off- take on- take out- take to- take up* * *(to take or keep (someone) as a hostage: The police were unable to attack the terrorists because they were holding three people hostage.) (jemanden) als Geisel festhalten* * *[teɪk]I. NOUN3.II. TRANSITIVE VERB<took, taken>1. (accept)▪ to \take sth etw annehmenthis restaurant \takes credit cards dieses Restaurant akzeptiert Kreditkartenwould you \take an offer? darf ich Ihnen ein Angebot machen?to \take sb's advice jds Rat annehmennot to \take no for an answer ein Nein nicht akzeptierento \take a bet eine Wette annehmento \take criticism Kritik akzeptierento \take responsibility [for sth] die Verantwortung [für etw akk] übernehmen\take my word for it [or \take it from me] das kannst du mir glaubento \take sth badly/well etw schlecht/gut aufnehmento \take sth seriously etw ernst nehmen2. (transport)▪ to \take sb/sth somewhere jdn/etw irgendwohin bringenwill you \take me swimming tomorrow? nimmst du mich morgen zum Schwimmen mit?to \take sb to hospital/the station/home jdn ins Krankenhaus/zum Bahnhof/nach Hause fahrento \take sb to the cinema jdn ins Kino einladento \take sb for a meal jdn zum Essen einladen (im Restaurant)3. (seize)▪ to \take sth etw nehmenhe took my arm and led me to the door er nahm meinen Arm und führte mich zur Türmay I \take your coat? darf ich Ihnen den Mantel abnehmen?to \take sb by the hand/throat jdn bei der Hand nehmen/am Kragen packento \take hold of sb ( fig) jdn ergreifen4. (tolerate)▪ to \take sth etw ertragen [o verkraften]; abuse, insults etw hinnehmenyou don't have to take his insults, you know du brauchst dir seine Beleidigungen nicht gefallen lassenI just can't take it anymore ich bin am Ende, ich kann einfach nicht mehrhe couldn't \take it anymore er konnte es nicht länger ertragento be able to \take a joke einen Spaß verstehen [o fam vertragen5. (hold)▪ to \take sth etw aufnehmenmy car \takes five people mein Auto hat Platz für fünf Leute6. (require)▪ to \take sth etw erfordern [o benötigen]his story took some believing seine Geschichte ist kaum zu glaubenI \take [a] size five (in shoes) ich habe Schuhgröße fünfto \take one's time sich dat Zeit lassen7.▪ it \takes... man braucht...it \takes more than that to convince me das überzeugt mich noch lange nichtit \takes me an hour ich brauche eine Stundeit took me a long time [to...] es hat lange gedauert [bis...]hold on, it won't \take long warten Sie, es dauert nicht langeit will \take some persuasion er/sie wird schwer zu überreden seinit took a lot of courage dazu gehörte viel Mut8. LING▪ to \take sth:here, ‘sich’ \takes the dative hier wird ‚sich‘ mit dem Dativ gebrauchtthis verb \takes ‘haben’ dieses Verb wird mit ‚haben‘ konjugiert9. (receive)▪ to \take sth etw erhalten [o bekommen]we've stopped taking the newspaper wir beziehen die Zeitung nicht mehr10. (remove)▪ to \take sth etw [weg]nehmen; (steal a.) etw stehlen\take three from five ziehe drei von fünf abto \take a chesspiece eine Schachfigur schlagen11. (travel by)▪ to \take sth taxi, train etw nehmenshe took the 10.30 flight to Edinburgh sie nahm den Flug um 10:30 Uhr nach Edinburg\take the M1 motorway up to Newcastle nehmen Sie die Autobahn M1 bis Newcastlehe took that last bend too fast er nahm die letzte Kurve zu schnellto \take the bus/car mit dem Bus/Auto fahren\take a sip trink [o nimm] einen Schluckwe'll \take the tea in the sitting room wir trinken den Tee im Wohnzimmernot to be \taken internally MED nur zur äußerlichen Anwendungto \take a flat/house eine Wohnung/ein Haus mieten14. (let stay)▪ to \take sb jdn [auf]nehmenmy mother takes lodgers meine Mutter vermietet [ein] Zimmer15. (capture)▪ to \take sb jdn gefangen nehmento \take prisoners Gefangene machenthe terrorists took him prisoner die Terroristen nahmen ihn gefangento \take a city eine Stadt einnehmento \take power die Macht ergreifen16. (assume)to \take office ein Amt antreten▪ to \take sth etw unterrichtenshe \takes private pupils sie gibt Privatstunden18. (officiate at)to \take a church service einen Gottesdienst halten19. (have)to \take a rest eine Pause machento \take a walk einen Spaziergang machento \take a cold sich erkälten20. (tackle)to \take a hurdle/fence eine Hürde/einen Zaun überspringento \take an obstacle ein Hindernis nehmento \take a test einen Test machento \take an exam eine Prüfung ablegenshe took her degree in May sie hat im Mai [ihr] Examen gemacht22. (achieve)to \take first prize den ersten Preis erhalten23. (feel)to \take notice of sb/sth jdn/etw beachtento \take offence beleidigt seinto \take pity on sb/sth mit jdm/etw Mitleid habento \take the view that... der Ansicht sein, dass..., auf dem Standpunkt stehen, dass...24. (earn)▪ to \take sth etw einnehmenshe \takes £300 a week sie nimmt 300 Pfund die Woche ein25. (write)to \take notes sich dat Notizen machen26. (photograph)to \take pictures [or photos] Bilder machen, fotografierenthis photo was taken last summer dieses Foto ist vom letzten Sommerto have one's photo \taken sich akk fotografieren lassen27. THEAT, MUS, FILMlet's \take that scene again lass uns die Szene nochmal machencan you \take me through my lines? kannst du mit mir meine Rolle durchgehen?let's \take it from the third act fangen wir mit dem dritten Akt an28. (for example)\take last week/me,... letzte Woche/ich zum Beispiel...29. (assume to be)▪ to \take sb/sth for sb/sth [or to be sb/sth] jdn/etw für jdn/etw haltenI took him to be more intelligent than he turned out to be ich hielt ihn für intelligenter, als er tatsächlich warI \take it [that]... ich nehme an, [dass]...I \take it that you're coming with us ich nehme an, du kommst mit30. (understand)to \take sb's/the point jds/den Standpunkt verstehenI \take your point, but... ich verstehe, was du meinst, aber...point \taken [habe] verstandenif you \take my meaning BRIT wenn du verstehst, was ich meine31.▶ to \take it as it comes es nehmen, wie es kommt▶ \take it from me das kannst du mir glauben▶ to \take sth lying down etw stillschweigend hinnehmen▶ to \take sb by surprise [or unawares] jdn überraschen▶ to \take one thing at a time eins nach dem anderen erledigenIII. INTRANSITIVE VERB<took, taken>the ink won't take on this paper dieses Papier nimmt die Tinte nicht an2. (become)to \take ill krank werden3. (detract)▪ to \take from sth etw schmälernwill that not \take from it's usefulness? würde das nicht den Gebrauchswert vermindern?* * *take [teık]A s2. JAGDa) Beute fb) Erbeutung f3. umg Anteil m (of an dat)4. besonders US umg Einnahme(n) f(pl)5. Take m/n:a) FILM Szene(naufnahme) fb) RADIO etc Aufnahme f6. TYPO Portion f (eines Manuskripts)7. MEDa) Reaktion f (auf eine Impfung)b) Anwachsen n (eines Hauttransplantats)9. besonders Br Pachtland n10. Schach etc: Schlagen n (einer Figur)B v/t prät took [tʊk], pperf taken [ˈteıkən]1. allg, z. B. Abschied, Unterricht etc nehmen:take it or leave it umg mach, was du willst;taken all in all im Großen (u.) Ganzen;taking one thing with the other im Großen (u.) Ganzen (siehe die Verbindungen mit den betreffenden Substantiven)2. (weg)nehmen:take one’s foot off the clutch AUTO den Fuß von der Kupplung nehmen;take that silly grin off your face umg hör auf, so blöd zu grinsen!;he took three seconds off the record SPORT er verbesserte den Rekord um drei Sekunden3. a) nehmen, fassen, packen, ergreifenb) SPORT einen Pass etc aufnehmen4. Fische etc fangen5. einen Verbrecher etc fangen, ergreifenstealing beim Stehlen;in a lie bei einer Lüge)10. a) eine Gabe etc (an-, entgegen)nehmen, empfangen11. bekommen, erhalten, Geld, Steuern etc einnehmen, einen Preis etc gewinnen, Geld einspielen (Film): → trick A 7I take it from sb who knows ich habe (weiß) es von jemandem, der es genau weiß;today’s text is taken from … der heutige Text stammt aus …;take a single from an album eine Single aus einem Album auskoppeln;be taken from … eine Auskopplung aus … sein15. nehmen:a) auswählen:I’m not taking any sl ohne mich!b) kaufenc) mietend) eine Eintritts-, Fahrkarte lösene) eine Frau heiratenf) mit einer Frau schlafeng) einen Weg wählen16. mitnehmen:don’t forget to take your umbrella;take me with you nimm mich mit;you can’t take it with you fig im Grab nützt (dir) aller Reichtum nichts mehr, das letzte Hemd hat keine TaschenI took her some flowers ich brachte ihr Blumen18. jemanden (durch den Tod) wegraffen21. ein Hindernis nehmenbe taken with a disease eine Krankheit bekommen;be taken with fear von Furcht gepackt werden23. ein Gefühl haben, bekommen, Mitleid etc empfinden, Mut fassen, Anstoß nehmen, Ab-, Zuneigung fassen (to gegen, für):24. Feuer fangen25. eine Bedeutung, einen Sinn, eine Eigenschaft, Gestalt annehmen, bekommen, einen Namen, eine Staatsbürgerschaft annehmen26. eine Farbe, einen Geruch oder Geschmack annehmenb) einen Stein schlagenc) eine Karte stechend) einen Satz etc gewinnen:he took bronze medal er gewann die Bronzemedaillee) einen Eckstoß etc ausführen30. nehmen, verwenden:take four eggs man nehme vier Eier31. einen Zug, ein Taxi etc nehmen, benutzen33. (als Beispiel) nehmen34. a) einen Platz einnehmen:35. fig jemanden, das Auge, den Sinn gefangen nehmen, fesseln, (für sich) einnehmen:36. den Befehl, die Führung, eine Rolle, eine Stellung, den Vorsitz, JUR jemandes Verteidigung übernehmen37. eine Mühe, Verantwortung auf sich nehmen38. leisten:a) eine Arbeit, einen Dienst verrichten39. eine Notiz, Aufzeichnungen machen, niederschreiben, ein Diktat, Protokoll aufnehmen41. eine Messung, Zählung etc vornehmen, durchführen42. wissenschaftlich ermitteln, eine Größe, die Temperatur etc messen, Maß nehmen: → blood pressure, temperature 243. machen, tun:44. eine Maßnahme ergreifen, treffen45. eine Auswahl treffen46. einen Entschluss fassen47. eine Fahrt, einen Spaziergang, auch einen Sprung, eine Verbeugung, Wendung etc machen, Anlauf nehmen49. a) verstehenb) auffassen, auslegen ( beide:as als)c) etwas gut etc aufnehmen:do you take me? verstehen Sie(, was ich meine)?;I take it that … ich nehme an, dass …;may we take it that …? dürfen wir es so verstehen, dass …?;50. ansehen, betrachten ( beide:as als), halten ( for für):what do you take me for? wofür halten Sie mich eigentlich?51. sich Rechte, Freiheiten (heraus)nehmen52. a) einen Rat, eine Auskunft einholenb) einen Rat annehmen, befolgen53. eine Wette, ein Angebot annehmen54. glauben:you may take it from me verlass dich drauf!55. eine Beleidigung, einen Verlust etc, auch jemanden hinnehmen, eine Strafe, Folgen auf sich nehmen, sich etwas gefallen lassen:take people as they are die Leute nehmen, wie sie (eben) sind;take life as it comes das Leben so nehmen, wie es kommt;I’m not taking this das lass ich mir nicht gefallen56. etwas ertragen, aushalten:he can take a lot er ist hart im Nehmen;take it umg es kriegen, es ausbaden (müssen)57. MED sich einer Behandlung etc unterziehen59. eine Rast, Ferien etc machen, Urlaub, auch ein Bad nehmen60. Platz, Raum ein-, wegnehmen, beanspruchen61. a) Zeit, Material etc, auch fig Geduld, Mut etc brauchen, erfordern, kosten, eine gewisse Zeit dauern:it took a long time es dauerte oder brauchte lange;the book takes a long time to read man braucht viel Zeit, um das Buch zu lesen;the project took two years to plan die Planung des Projekts dauerte zwei Jahre oder nahm zwei Jahre in Anspruch;take some minutes einige Minuten brauchen ( doing sth um etwas zu tun);it takes a lot of courage to do a thing like that es gehört viel Mut dazu, so etwas zu tun;it takes a man to do that das kann nur ein Mann (fertigbringen);he took a little convincing es bedurfte (bei ihm) einiger Überredungit took him a long time to get over it er brauchte lange, um darüber hinwegzukommen63. LINGb) einen Akzent, eine Endung, ein Objekt etc bekommen64. aufnehmen, fassen, Platz bieten für65. ein Gewicht tragen, aushaltenC v/i1. BOT Wurzeln schlagen2. BOT, MED anwachsen (Pfropfreis, Steckling, Transplantat)3. MED wirken, anschlagen (Medikament etc)4. umg ankommen, ziehen, einschlagen, Anklang finden (Buch, Theaterstück etc)6. sich gut etc fotografieren (lassen)7. Feuer fangen8. anbeißen (Fisch)9. TECH an-, eingreifen* * *1.1) (get hold of, grasp, seize) nehmentake somebody's arm — jmds. Arm nehmen
take somebody by the hand/arm — jemanden bei der Hand/am Arm nehmen
3) (gain, earn) [Laden:] einbringen; [Film, Stück:] einspielen; (win) gewinnen [Satz, Spiel, Preis, Titel]; erzielen [Punkte]; (Cards) machen [Stich]take first/second etc. place — den ersten/zweiten usw. Platz belegen; (fig.) an erster/zweiter usw. Stelle kommen
take the biscuit (Brit. coll.) or (coll.) cake — (fig.) alle/alles übertreffen
4) (assume possession of) nehmen; (take away with one) mitnehmen; (steal) mitnehmen (verhüll.); (obtain by purchase) kaufen, (by rent) mieten [Auto, Wohnung, Haus]; nehmen [Klavier-, Deutsch-, Fahrstunden]; mitmachen [Tanzkurs]; (buy regularly) nehmen; lesen [Zeitung, Zeitschrift]; (subscribe to) beziehen; (obtain) erwerben [akademischen Grad]; (form a relationship with) sich (Dat.) nehmen [Frau, Geliebten usw.]take place — stattfinden; (spontaneously) sich ereignen; [Wandlung:] sich vollziehen
I'll take this handbag/the curry, please — ich nehme diese Handtasche/das Curry
5) (avail oneself of, use) nehmen; machen [Pause, Ferien, Nickerchen]; nehmen [Beispiel, Zitat usw.] ( from aus)take the opportunity to do/of doing something — die Gelegenheit dazu benutzen, etwas zu tun
take the car/bus into town — mit dem Auto/Bus in die Stadt fahren
take two eggs — etc. (in recipe) man nehme zwei Eier usw.
[let's] take a more recent example/my sister [for example] — nehmen wir ein Beispiel neueren Datums/einmal meine Schwester
6) (carry, guide, convey) bringentake somebody's shoes to the mender['s]/somebody's coat to the cleaner's — jmds. Schuhe zum Schuster/jmds. Mantel in die Reinigung bringen
take somebody to school/hospital — jemanden zur Schule/ins Krankenhaus bringen
take somebody to the zoo/cinema/to dinner — mit jemandem in den Zoo/ins Kino/zum Abendessen gehen
take somebody into one's home/house — jemanden bei sich aufnehmen
the road takes you/the story takes us to London — die Straße führt nach/die Erzählung führt uns nach London
his ability will take him far/to the top — mit seinen Fähigkeiten wird er es weit bringen/wird er ganz nach oben kommen
take somebody/something with one — jemanden/etwas mitnehmen
take home — mit nach Hause nehmen; (earn) nach Hause bringen [Geld]; (accompany) nach Hause bringen od. begleiten; (to meet one's parents etc.) mit nach Hause bringen
take somebody through/over something — (fig.) mit jemandem etwas durchgehen
take in hand — (begin) in Angriff nehmen; (assume responsibility for) sich kümmern um
take somebody into partnership [with one]/into the business — jemanden zu seinem Teilhaber machen/in sein Geschäft aufnehmen
take a stick etc. to somebody — den Stock usw. bei jemandem gebrauchen
take something to pieces or bits — etwas auseinander nehmen
you can/can't take somebody anywhere — (fig. coll.) man kann jemanden überallhin/nirgendwohin mitnehmen
you can't take it 'with you — (coll.) man kann es ja nicht mitnehmen
take something/somebody from somebody — jemandem etwas/jemanden wegnehmen
take all the fun/hard work out of something — einem alle Freude an etwas (Dat.) nehmen/einem die schwere Arbeit bei etwas ersparen
8)somebody takes courage from something — etwas macht jemandem Mut; see also heart 1)
9)be taken ill or (coll.) sick — krank werden
10) (make) machen [Foto, Kopie]; (photograph) aufnehmen11) (perform, execute) aufnehmen [Brief, Diktat]; machen [Prüfung, Sprung, Spaziergang, Reise, Umfrage]; durchführen [Befragung, Volkszählung]; ablegen [Gelübde, Eid]; übernehmen [Rolle, Part]; treffen [Entscheidung]take a fall/tumble — stürzen/straucheln
take a step forward/backward — einen Schritt vor-/zurücktreten
take a turn for the better/worse — eine Wende zum Besseren/Schlechteren nehmen
12) (negotiate) nehmen [Zaun, Mauer, Hürde, Kurve, Hindernis]13) (conduct) halten [Gottesdienst, Andacht, Unterricht]14) (be taught)15) (consume) trinken [Tee, Kaffee, Kognak usw.]; nehmen [Zucker, Milch, Überdosis, Tabletten, Medizin]not to be taken [internally] — nicht zur innerlichen Anwendung
16) (occupy) einnehmen [Sitz im Parlament]; übernehmen, antreten [Amt]take somebody's seat — sich auf jmds. Platz setzen
is that/this seat taken? — ist da/hier noch frei?
17) (need, require) brauchen [Platz, Zeit]; haben [Kleider-, Schuhgröße usw.]; (Ling.) haben [Objekt, Plural-s]; gebraucht werden mit [Kasus]this verb takes "sein" — dieses Verb wird mit "sein" konjugiert
the wound will take some time to heal — es braucht einige Zeit, bis die Wunde geheilt ist
the ticket machine takes 20p and 50p coins — der Fahrkartenautomat nimmt 20-Pence- und 50-Pence-Stücke
something takes an hour/a year/all day — etwas dauert eine Stunde/ein Jahr/einen ganzen Tag
it takes an hour etc. to do something — es dauert eine Stunde usw., [um] etwas zu tun
somebody takes or it takes somebody a long time/an hour etc. to do something — jmd. braucht lange/eine Stunde usw., um etwas zu tun
take a lot of work/effort/courage — viel Arbeit/Mühe/Mut kosten
have [got] what it takes — das Zeug dazu haben
it will take [quite] a lot of explaining — es wird schwer zu erklären sein
that story of his takes some believing — die Geschichte, die er da erzählt, ist kaum zu glauben
it takes all sorts [to make a world] — es gibt solche und solche
18) (contain, hold) fassen; (support) tragen19) (ascertain and record) notieren [Namen, Adresse, Autonummer usw.]; fühlen [Puls]; messen [Temperatur, Größe usw.]take the minutes of a meeting — bei einer Sitzung [das] Protokoll führen
20) (apprehend, grasp)take somebody's meaning/drift — verstehen, was jmd. meint
take somebody's point — jmds. Standpunkt verstehen
take it [that]... — annehmen, [dass]...
can I take it that...? — kann ich davon ausgehen, dass...?
take something to mean something — etwas so verstehen, dass...
take something as settled/as a compliment/refusal — etwas als erledigt betrachten/als eine Ablehnung/ein Kompliment auffassen
take somebody/something for/to be something — jemanden/etwas für etwas halten
21) (treat or react to in a specified manner) aufnehmentake something well/badly/hard — etwas gut/schlecht/nur schwer verkraften
somebody takes something very badly/hard — etwas trifft jemanden sehr
take something calmly or coolly — etwas gelassen [auf- od. hin]nehmen
you can/may take it as read that... — du kannst sicher sein, dass...
taking it all in all, taking one thing with another — alles in allem
22) (accept) annehmentake money etc. [from somebody/for something] — Geld usw. [von jemandem/für etwas] [an]nehmen
will you take £500 for the car? — wollen Sie den Wagen für 500 Pfund verkaufen?
[you can] take it or leave it — entweder du bist damit einverstanden, oder du lässt es bleiben
take somebody's word for it — sich auf jemanden od. jmds. Wort[e] verlassen
take things as they come, take it as it comes — es nehmen, wie es kommt
23) (receive, submit to) einstecken [müssen] [Schlag, Tritt, Stoß]; (Boxing) nehmen [müssen] [Schlag]; (endure, tolerate) aushalten; vertragen [Klima, Alkohol, Kaffee, Knoblauch]; verwinden [Schock]; (put up with) sich (Dat.) gefallen lassen [müssen] [Kritik, Grobheit]take no nonsense — sich (Dat.) nichts bieten lassen
take it — (coll.) es verkraften; (referring to criticism, abuse) damit fertigwerden
24) (adopt, choose) ergreifen [Maßnahmen]; unternehmen [Schritte]; einschlagen [Weg]; sich entschließen zu [Schritt, Handlungsweise]take the wrong road — die falsche Straße fahren/gehen
take a firm etc. stand [with somebody/on or over something] — jemandem gegenüber/hinsichtlich einer Sache nicht nachgeben
25) (receive, accommodate) [an]nehmen [Bewerber, Schüler]; aufnehmen [Gäste]26) (swindle)he was taken for £500 by the conman — (coll.) der Schwindler hat ihm 500 Pfund abgeknöpft (ugs.)
27)2. intransitive verb,be taken with somebody/something — von jemandem/etwas angetan sein
took, taken1) (be successful, effective) [Transplantat:] vom Körper angenommen werden; [Impfung:] anschlagen; [Pfropfreis:] anwachsen; [Sämling, Pflanze:] angehen; [Feuer:] zu brennen beginnen; [Fisch:] [an]beißen2) (detract)3. noun(Telev., Cinemat.) Einstellung, die; Take, der od. das (fachspr.)Phrasal Verbs:- take in- take off- take on- take out- take to- take up* * *(do) one's driving test expr.seinen Führerschein machen ausdr. (in) shorthand expr.stenographieren v. (lift) from an album expr.auskoppeln (Titel von einem Album) v. (the) responsibility for expr.verantworten v. (advice) v.befolgen (Rat) v. v.(§ p.,p.p.: took, taken)= einnehmen v.ergreifen v.nehmen v.nehmen v.(§ p.,pp.: nahm, genommen)vornehmen v.wegnehmen v. -
4 पर _para
पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optional- ly like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position)1 Other, differ- ent, another; see पर m also.-2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4.-3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158.-4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31.-5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42.-9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27.-7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.).-8 Alien, estranged, stranger.-9 Hostile, inimical, adverse,-1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred.-11 Final, last.-12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest ob- ject, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c.-रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also.-2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21.-3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8.-रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point.-2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16.-3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19.-4 The secondary meaning of a word.-5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट).-6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-- The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbi- ally; e. g. (a) परम्1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17.-2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c.-3 thereupon, there- after.-4 but, however.-5 otherwise.-6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c.-7 most willingly.-8 only.-9 at the utmost. (b) परेण1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2.-2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49.-3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73.-2 in future.-Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body.-अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva.-अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11.-अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia.-अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness.-अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119.-अन्तः final death. (-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people.-अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva.-2 a frontier.-अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6.-अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12.- अपर a.1 far and near, remote and proximate.-2 prior and posterior.-3 before and beyond, earlier and later.-4 higher and lower, best and worst. (-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with 1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8.-अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1.-अमृतम् rain.- अयण (अयन) a.1 attached or devoted to, adhering to.-2 depending on, subject to.-3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c.-4 connected with.-5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4.-6 leading or conducive to.-(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12.-2 essence, sum.-3 Ved. going away, departure, exit.-4 firm devotion.-5 a universal medicine, panacea.-6 a religious order.-अर्थ a.1 having another aim or meaning.-2 intended or designed for another, done for another.(-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advan- tage.-2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29.-3 the chief or highest meaning.-4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse).-5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9.-6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3.-7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute.-अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another.-अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6.-2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S.-अर्धक a. One half of anything.-अर्ध्य a.1 being on the farther side or half.-2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br.-3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45.-4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1.-5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58.-6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64.(-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum.-2 an infinite number.- अवर a.1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23.-2 earlier and later.-3 prior and posterior or subsequent.-4 higher and lower.-5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15.-6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (-रा) descendants.(-रम्) 1 cause and effect.-2 the whole extent of an idea.-3 the universe.-4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5.-अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12.-अहः the next day.-अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day.-आगमः attack of an enemy.-आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (-तः) a slave.-आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit.-आयत्त a.1 depend- ent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4.-2 Wholly subdued or over- whelmed by.-आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12.-आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera.-2 of Viṣṇu.-आश्रय a. dependent upon another.(-यः) 1 dependence upon another.-2 the retreat of enemies. (-या) a plant growing on another tree.-आसङ्गः dependence upon another.-आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber.- इतर a.1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind.-2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14.-ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman.-2 of Viṣṇu.-इष्टिः N. of Brahman.-इष्टुका a cow which has often calved.-उत्कर्षः another's prosperity.-उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo.-उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्.-उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others.-उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13.-उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्.-उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy.-उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging.-ऊढा another's wife.-एधित a. fostered or brought up by another.(-तः) 1 a servant.-2 the (Indian) cuckoo.-कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant.-कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116.-कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art).-कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1.-कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः1 a benevolent man.-2 a slave, servant.-काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later.-कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26.-क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants.-क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic.-क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body.-2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49.-3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175.-गामिन् a.1 being with another.-2 relating to another.-3 beneficial to another.-गुण a. beneficial to another. (-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78.-ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articu- lation.-ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3.-चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy.-2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v.-3 a hostile prince.-छन्द a. dependent.(-दः) 1 the will of another.-2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another.-छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another.-ज a.1 stranger.-2 coming from a foe.-3 inferior.-जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9.-जन्मन् n. a future birth.-जात a.1 born of another.-2 dependent on another for livelihood. (-तः) a servant.-जित a.1 conquered by another.-2 main- tained by another. (-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo.-तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient.-तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्).-तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bib- liotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक.-तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife.-तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect.-दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery.-दारिन् m. an adulterer.-दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13.-देवता the Supreme Being.-देशः a hostile or foreign country.-देशिन् m. a foreigner.-द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical.-धनम् another's property.-धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35.-2 another's duty or business.-3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97.-ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P.-निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c.-निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.).-पक्षः the side or party of an enemy.-पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence.-2 final beati- tude.-परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22.-हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3.-परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others.-पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house.-पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥-पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112.-पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh.-पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero.-पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger.-2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu.-3 the hus- band of another woman.-पुष्ट a.1 fed or nourished by another.-2 Stranger. (-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree.-पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo.-2 a parasitical plant.-3 a harlot, prostitute.-पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163.-प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son.-प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ).-प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave.-ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7).-भागः 1 another's share.-2 superior merit.-3 good fortune, prosperity.-4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15.-5 the last part, remainder.-भाव a. loving another.-भावः the being second member in a compound.-भाषा a foreign tongue.-भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P.-भूत a. following, subsequent (as words).-भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo).-भृत a. nourished by another.-भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nouri- shed by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1.-भतम् 1 another's opinion.-2 dif- ferent opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy.-मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another.-मृत्युः a crow.-रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18.-लोकः the next (or fur- ture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38.-वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, depen- dent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्.-वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3.-वाणिः 1 a judge.-2 a year.-3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya.-वादः 1 rumour, report.-2 Objection, controversy.-वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist.-वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being.-व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.-शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1.-श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow.-संगत a.1 asso- ciated with another.-2 fighting with another.-संज्ञकः the soul.-सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.).-सात् ind. into the hands of an- other. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage.-सेवा service of another.-स्त्री another's wife.-स्वम् another's pro- perty; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property.-हन् a. killing enemies.-हित a.1 benevolent.-2 profitable to another.-तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh. -
5 FYRIR
* * *prep.I. with dat.1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);fyrir dyrum, before the door;2) before one, in one’s presence;hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;3) for;hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;4) before one, in one’s way;fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;5) naut. term. before, off;liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;6) before, at the head of, over;vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;7) of time, ago;fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;fyrir stundu, a while ago;fyrir löngu, long ago;vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);8) before, above, superior to;Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;11) because of, for;hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;fyrir hræðslu, for fear;illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;fyrir því at, because, since, as;12) against;gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;13) fyrir sér, of oneself;mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;14) denoting manner or quality, with;hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;II. with acc.1) before, in front of;halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;2) before, into the presence of;stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;3) over;hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;5) round, off;sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;6) along, all along;fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;8) for, on behalf of;vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;9) for, for the benefit of;þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);10) for, instead of, in place of, as;11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;12) denoting value, price;fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;fyrir handan á, beyond the river;fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;III. as adverb or ellipt.1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;2) first;mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;3) at hand, present, to the fore;föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).* * *prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.C. METAPH.:I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.X. as adverb or ellipt.,1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.C. METAPH.:I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence. -
6 take3
1) take smth. take that book (a pen; a piece, a larger spoon, etc.) брать /взять/ эту книгу и т.д.; here, take my bags вот, возьмите мои вещи; take smb.'s hand взять кого-л. за руку; take smb.'s arm взять кого-л. под руку; do you want to take the wheel? хочешь сесть за руль?2) take smth. will you let us take your car? можно взять вашу машину /воспользоваться вашей машиной/?; someone has taken my hat кто-то взял или стащил мой шапку; I wish you wouldn't keep taking my ties хватит тебе таскать у меня галстуки; he takes everything he can lay his hands on он берет все, что подвернется под руку; he's always taking other people's ideas он всегда присваивает себе чужие мысли; she took all the credit все заслуги она приписала себе3) take smth., smb. you may take the largest piece of cake (whichever you wish, what I offer you, etc.) вы можете взять /выбрать/ [себе] самый большой кусок и т.д.; the magazine took my article журнал принял /в журнале приняли/ мою статью; take a partner выбирать или подбирать партнера; take your partner пригласите своего партнера (на танец); take a wife (a husband) жениться (выйти замуж); she wouldn't take him она ему отказала4) take smth., smb. take your books (an umbrella, your passport, etc.) захватите [с собой] книги и т.д.; I am glad you took your саr я рад, что вы на машине; did the laundry-man take my laundry? белье увезли /забрали/ в прачечную /в старку/?; why don't we take your sister? почему бы нам не захватить вашу сестру?5) take smth. take presents (flowers, etc.) принимать подарки и т.д.; take a bribe (money) брать взятку (деньги); take one's part /one's share/ взять свою долю; take that! coll. вот тебе! получай! (ударив кого-л.)6) take smth. take a duty (a function, a charge, all the responsibility, etc.) взять на себя /принять/ обязанности и т.д.; take command принять командование; take the lead взять на себя руководство; take an offer /а proposal, a suggestion/ принимать предложение; take a challenge /а dare/ принять вызов; take a resolution принять решение; take smb.'s word поверить кому-л. на слово; take smb.'s advice последовать чьему-л. совету; I must take medical (legal) advice я должен посоветоваться с врачом (юристом); take no denial не принимать отказа; I won't take that answer такой ответ меня не устраивает; he will take no nonsense он не потерпит никаких глупостей; he couldn't take the strain он не выдержал [такого] напряжения; he had to take a lot of teasing ему пришлось вытерпеть много насмешек; 1 will not take such a treatment я не потерплю такого обращения; I shan't take your orders я не буду выполнять ваши приказания /приказы/; he will not take your warning он не примет во внимание /не учтет/ ваше предупреждение || take liberties позволять себе лишнее /вольности/; take a call отвечать на звонок или вызов; the phone is ringing, who will take the call? звонит телефон, кто возьмет трубку /будет говорить/?7) || take smb.'s side встать на /принимать/ чью-л. сторону; take the side of the speaker стать на сторону оратора, быть на стороне оратора; take sides встать на чью-л. сторону; in this case I can't take sides в данном случае я не могу быть ни за тех, ни за других /встать ни на ту, ни на другую сторону8) take smth. he was willing to take the part of the hero он согласился сыграть главную роль; take an assumed name взять вымышленное имя9) take smth., smb. take a house (lodgings, rooms, etc.) снимать /арендовать/ дом и т.д.; take a newspaper (a magazine, three daily papers, the "Times", etc.) получать /выписывать/ газету и т.д.; take a secretary (a maid, a cook, a tutor, etc.) нанимать /брать/ секретаря и т.д.; take new members принимать новых членов10) take smth. I decided to take a job я решил устроиться на работу; take office (the throne /the crown/. etc.) вступать в должность и т.д. || take silk стать королевским адвокатом; take the gown принять духовный сан; take the veil постричься в монахи(ни)11) take smth. take a train (a tram, a bus, a boat, etc.) поехать на поезде /поездом/ и т.д.; take a /the/ number 3 bus садитесь на автобус номер три; he never takes the lift он никогда не пользуется лифтом; let's take a taxi давайте возьмем /поедем на/ такси; I am taking a plane я (подлечу самолетом12) take smb. take pupils брать учеников; take lodgers пускать жильцов13) take smth. take [music, driving, etc.] lessons брать уроки [музыки и т.д.]14) take smth., smb. take an obstacle преодолевать /брать/ препятствие, take a hurdle (a slope, a fence, etc.) брать барьер и т.д.; the horse took a ditch (a fence, a hedge, etc.) лошадь перемахнула через канаву и т.д.; take the stairs подняться по лестнице; take a ship (a country, a city, an enemy town, a fortress, a fort, etc.) захватывать корабль и т.д.; take [500] prisoners взять [пятьсот человек] пленных15) take smth. take a prize (a reward, [the] first prize, one's degree, an honorary doctorate, etc,) получать первую премию и т.д.; take the first place занимать первое место; take a bishop взять слона (в шахматах); take a trick взять взятку (в картах)16) || take smb.'s attention /smb.'s eye/ привлечь чье-л. внимание; take smb.'s fancy поразить чье-л. воображение; понравиться кому-л.; this house (a toy, etc.) took her fancy этот дом ей понравился /приглянулся/ и т.д.17) take smb., smth. the flood took many victims во время наводнения было много жертв /погибло много людей/; take one's [own] life наложить на себя руки18) take smth. take time (a week, three hours, all his spare time, etc.) требовать /забирать, отнимать/ время и т.д.; this car (this old engine, etc.) takes a lot of oil (a great deal of coal, etc.) эта машина и т.д. берет /расходует/ много бензина и т.д.; the piano would take much room рояль занял бы много места; it takes a lot of money на это уходит /требуется/ много денег; the recipe takes six eggs для приготовления этого блюда надо шесть яиц; these windows take 10 metres of curtaining на занавески /на шторы/ для этих окон пойдет десять метров ткани; the climb took all our strength ace наши силы ушли на преодоление подъема || take [one's] time не торопиться, не спешить; can I take my time before answering? можно мне ответить не сразу?19) take smth. the verb (this word, etc.) takes a preposition (a genetive, an object, etc.) этот глагол и т.д. требует предлога и т.д.20) take smth. take a certain shape (the shape of a man, the likeness of a human being, etc.) принимать /приобретать/ какую-л. форму и т.д.; take shape оформиться; when our plans take shape когда определятся наши планы; his voice took a different tone его голос зазвучал иначе /по-другому/; take a gloomy (a different, a practical, etc.) view мрачно и т.д. смотреть на вещи; take a biased view предвзято относиться к чему-л.; if you take this attitude we shall not come to an understanding если вы так будете к этому относиться, то мы не договоримся; take a strong stand упорно /решительно/ отстаивать свою точку зрения21) take smth. take food есть; питаться; he can take no food он не может есть; take an early breakfast рано позавтракать; when do you take dinner? когда вы обедаете?; first we shall take refreshments сначала мы закусим; take a cup of tea (a drink of water, a glass of beer, coffee, etc.) выпить чашку чая и т.д.; I cannot take wine мне нельзя пить [вина]; do you take sugar? вы пьете [чай или кофе] с сахаром?; take [а pinch of] snuff [по]нюхать табак; take medicine (pills, sleeping powders, some sedative, poison, etc.) принимать /пить/лекарство и т.д.; take air дышать свежим воздухом; take a [deep] breath сделать [глубокий] вдох22) take smb. take fish (game, a wild beast, a bird, a rabbit, etc.) ловить рыбу и т.д.; take a dozen trout поймать дюжину форелей23) take smth. take a dozen eggs (a pound of flour, two pounds of coffee, tickets, etc.) купить дюжину яиц и т.д.; I'll take this hat я беру /куплю, возьму/ эту шляпу24) take smth., smb. take a photo /а photograph, a snapshot/ сделать снимок /карточку, фотографию/; are you allowed to take pictures? у вас есть разрешение снимать /фотографировать/?; will you take my picture? вы меня сфотографируете?; take animals (a view, this tower, a scene, smb.'s likeness, a child's picture, etc.) фотографировать животных и т.д.25) take smth., smb. take a hint (a joke, his words, etc.) понимать намек и т.д.; she is slow to take his meaning она не сразу понимает, что он имеет в виду; one doesn't know how to take him не знаешь, как его воспринимать /понимать/; do you take me? вам ясно, что я хочу сказать /имею в виду/?26) take smth. take French (Latin, mathematics, ballet, etc.) заниматься французским языком и т.д.; take a course of lectures прослушать курс лекций; what courses (subjects) are you taking? какие вы слушаете курсы /предметы/?27) take smth. take a class (the sixth form, the English class, etc.) вести занятия и т.д.; take the evening service служить вечерню28) take smth. take notes делать /вести/ записи; take notes of a lecture записывать лекцию; take minutes вести протокол; take smb.'s name (smb.'s address, the number of his car, facts, etc.) записывать чью-л. фамилию и т.д.; take smb.'s pulse проверять /считать/ пульс [у кого-л.]; take [smb.'s] temperature измерять [кому-л.] температуру; take fingerprints (barometer readings, a seismograph reading, [smb.'s] measurements, etc.) снимать отпечатки пальцев и т.д..; take an inventory составлять опись; take a census проводить перепись29) take smth. let's take the case of your brother (the feudal system, the French Revolution, etc.) возьмем в качестве примера случай с вашим братом и т.д.30) take smb., smth. the car takes only five passengers в машину может сесть только пять пассажиров; can you take two more? вы можете взять еще двоих? (в машину и т.п.); the bus couldn't take any more passengers в автобусе больше не было свободных мест; the hall takes 2000 people зал вмещает две тысячи человек; the lorry cannot take so much weight грузовик не выдерживает /не рассчитан/ на такой груз; this typewriter takes large sizes of paper в эту пишущую машинку можно вставлять бумагу большого формата31) take smth. wool takes dye шерсть можно покрасить; marble (most leathers, this stuff, silver, etc.) takes (a) high polish мрамор и т.д. можно отполировать до блеска; waxed paper (parchment, etc.) will not take ink (dye, etc.) к вощеной бумаге и т.д. чернила и т.д. не пристают32) take smth. take a certain (the opposite) direction пойти в какую-л. (в обратную) сторону; take this street идите по этой улице; take the second turning сверните во вторую улицу; take the wrong road сбиться с пути; пойти не той дорогой; take the shortest way home пойти домой кратчайшим путем; take a short cut пойти напрямик; take the path of least resistance пойти по линии наименьшего сопротивления; take one's own way избрать свой собственный путь; things must take their course все должно идти своим чередом; events took another course события приняли иной оборот33) aux take [а] rise идти на подъем, подниматься; the road is taking a rise дорога идет в гору; take action действовать; I felt I had to take action я чувствовал, что мне надо что-то сделать /предпринять/; take legal action возбуждать судебное дело; take steps /measures/ принимать меры; предпринимать что-л.; take precautions принимать меры предосторожности; take one's chance (an opportunity, advantage, a mean advantage, etc.) воспользоваться случаем и т.д., использовать случай и т.д.; take chances рисковать; take effect а) возыметь /оказать/ действие; the pills will soon take effect таблетки скоро подействуют; б) вступать в силу, the law took effect last month закон вступил в силу в прошлом месяце; take place случаться, происходить; when will the meeting take place? когда будет собрание?; where did the accident take place? где произошел несчастный случай?; take part участвовать, принимать участие; take root укорениться, пустить корни; take aim прицеливаться; take [ great take pains [очень] стараться; take possession стать владельцем, вступить во владение; take heart /courage/ мужаться, не робеть; take (no) notice (не) замечать; take по heed не обращать внимания; take revenge отомстить; take fright испугаться; take fire воспламениться; take offence обидеться; take alarm встревожиться; take arms вооружиться; take shelter укрыться; take flight бежать; take card осторожно!34) id take smth. take a bath принять ванну; take a shower принять душ; take a jump прыгнуть; take a dive нырнуть; take a nap вздремнуть; take a walk /а turn/ прогуляться, пройтись; take a look взглянуть, бросить взгляд; take a risk /risks/ рискнуть, пойти на риск; take one's leave /one's departure/ попрощаться, уйти; take a seat садиться; please, take my seat пожалуйста, садитесь на мое место; take seats! занимайте места; he took one of the vacant places он сел на одно из свободных мест; take one's choice сделать выбор; take a leave взять отпуск; you must take a holiday вам надо отдохнуть; take an oath /а vow/ поклясться, дать клятву; take an examination держать экзамен; take a journey предпринять путешествие; take turns делать что-л. по очереди -
7 μέν
μέν, Particle, used partly to express certainty on the part of the speaker or writer; partly, and more commonly, to point out that the word or clause with which it stands is correlative to another word or clause that is to follow, the latter word or clause being introduced by δέ.AI μέν used absolutely to express certainty, not followed by correlative δέ, indeed, of a truth, synonymous with μήν, as appears from the [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. form ἦ μέν in protestations and oaths (where [dialect] Att. used ἦ μήν), καί μοι ὄμοσσον, ἦ μ. μοι πρόφρων ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77
, cf. 14.275;ἦ μέν τοι τάδε πάντα τελείεται Od.14.160
, cf. Il.24.416;τοῦτον ἐξορκοῖ, ἦ μέν οἱ διηκονήσειν Hdt.4.154
, cf. 5.93, etc.: with neg.,οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
, etc.;ὤμοσα, μὴ μὲν.. ἀναφῆναι 4.254
, cf. Hdt.2.118, 179;ἔξαρνος ἦν, μὴ μὲν ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.67
, cf. 99: without neg., : also in Trag., , cf. 159 (anap.), OC44, E.Med. 676, 1129, etc.;καὶ μέν Il.1.269
, 9.632, etc.; οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδὲ .. 2.703, 12.212; γε μέν, cf. γε 1.5.2 an answering clause with δέ is sts. implied, τὴν μὲν ἐγὼ σπουδῇ δάμνημ' ἐπέεσσι her can I hardly subdue, [ but all others easily], Il.5.893; ὡς μὲν λέγουσι as indeed they say, [ but as I believe not], E.Or. 8; καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος (with no ἔπειτα δέ to follow), X. An.1.9.14; so νῦν μέν σ' ἀφήσω I will let you go this time, Herod.5.81: to give force to assertions made by a person respecting himself, wherein opposition to other persons is implied,ὡς μὲν ἐμῷ θυμῷ δοκεῖ Od. 13.154
; δοκεῖν μέν μοι ἥξει τήμερον [τὸ πλοῖον] Pl.Cri. 43d: hence with the pers. Pron.,ἐγὼ μέν νυν θεοῖσι ἔχω χάριν Hdt.1.71
; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδέν (sc. θέλω) S.Ant. 498;ἐμοῦ μὲν οὐχ ἑκόντος Id.Aj. 455
;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα X.Cyr.1.4.12
, cf. 4.2.45, etc.: with the demonstr. Pron., : generally, to emphasize the preceding word, πολλὴ μὲν ἡ μεταβολή μοι γέγονεν great indeed has been the change, Is.1.1, cf. Simon.5.1, etc.3 μέν is used alone in questions, when the answer is assumed, I take it, θέμις μὲν ἡμᾶς χρησμὸν εἰδέναι θεοῦ; E.Med. 676, cf. Ion 520 (troch.), Hipp. 316, S.Ant. 634, Ar.Av. 1214; Ἕλλην μέν ἐστι καὶ Ἑλληνίζει; Pl.Men. 82b.II μέν folld. by δέ in the correlative clause or clauses, on the one hand, on the other hand; commonly in Classical Gr., less freq. in later Gr. (rare in NT):1 μέν.., δέ .. (or when the correlative clause is neg., μέν.., οὐδέ .., Il.1.318, 536), to mark opposition, Hom., etc.—The opposed clauses commonly stand together, but are freq. separated by clauses, parenthetic or explanatory; e.g. μέν in Il.2.494 is answered by δέ in 511, 527 sq.; in X.An.1.9.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by ἐπεὶ δέ in <*> 6; in Id.Mem.1.1.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by θαυμαστὸν δέ in 1.2.1.2 to connect a series of clauses containing different matter, though with no opposition, Il.1.18sq., 306 sq. (five δέ-clauses), 433 sq. (eight δέ-clauses), cf. X.An. 1.3.14,7.10sq.: freq. when the members of a group or class are distinctly specified, παῖδες δύο, πρεσβύτερος μὲν Ἀρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος ib.1.1.1; τάφρος.., τὸ μὲν εὖρος ὀργυιαὶ πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάθος ὀργυιαὶ τρεῖς ib.1.7.14; πρῶτος μέν.., δεύτερος δέ.., τρίτος δέ .. ib.5.6.9; τότε μέν.., τότε δέ .., at one time.., at another.., ib.6.1.9, etc.: esp. with the Art. used as a Pron., ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. ; τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ .., etc.3 the principal word is freq. repeated,οἳ περὶ μὲν βουλὴν Δαναῶν, περὶ δ' ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι Il.1.258
, cf. 288, Od.15.70;ἔνι μὲν φιλότης, ἐν δ' ἵμερος, ἐν δ' ὀαριστύς Il.14.216
;Ξέρξης μὲν ἄγαγεν.., Ξέρξης δ' ἀπώλεσεν A.Pers. 550
, cf. 560, 694, 700 (all lyr.);χαλεπαίνει μὲν πρῳρεύς, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης X.An.5.8.20
.4 one of the correlative clauses is sts. independent, while the other takes the part. or some other dependent form, ἐβλασφήμει κατ' ἐμοῦ.., μάρτυρα μὲν.. οὐδένα παρασχόμενος.., παρεκελεύετο δέ .. D.57.11;οἱ ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι, τῶν δὲ ἱππέων ὁ λόφος ἐνεπλήσθη X.An.1.10.12
, cf. 2.1.7, 5.6.29; , cf. OC 522 (bothlyr.);χωρὶς μὲν τοῦ ἐστερῆσθαι.., ἔτι δὲ καὶ.. δόξω ἀμελῆσαι Pl.Cri.44
b.5 μέν and δέ freq. oppose two clauses, whereof one is subordinate to the other in meaning or emphasis, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνο θαυμάζω, εἰ Λακεδαιμονίοις μέν ποτε.. ἀντήρατε,.. νυνὶ δὲ ὀκνεῖτ' ἐξιέναι (for εἰ.. ἀντάραντες νυνὶ ὀκνεῖτε) D.2.24, cf. E.IT 116, Lys.34.11, X.Mem.2.7.11, etc.: so in an anacoluthon, τρία μὲν ὄντα.. ναυτικά.., τούτων δ' εἰ περιόψεσθε τὰ δύο, κτλ., Th.1.36.6 μέν is not always answered by δέ, but freq. by other equiv. Particles, as ἀλλά, Il.1.22 sq., 2.703 sq., Pi.O.9.1, A.Pers. 176, X.An.1.7.17:—by μέντοι, Hdt.1.36, S.Ph. 350, D.21.189, etc.:—by ἀτάρ, Il.6.84, 124, A.Pr. 342, S.OT 1051sq., Pl. Tht. 172c, etc. (so μέν.., αὐτάρ in [dialect] Ep., Il.1.50, Od.19.513, etc.):— by αὖ, Il.11.108, Od.4.210:—by αὖθις, S.Ant. 165:—by αὖτε, Il.1.234, Od.22.5:—by temporal Particles, πρῶτα μέν.., εἶτα .. S.El. 261; πρῶτον μέν.., μετὰ τοῦτο .. X.An.6.1.5-7; μάλιστα μὲν δὴ.., ἔπειτα μέντοι .. S.Ph. 350, cf. OT 647:—rarely by μήν with neg.,οὐδὲν μὴν κωλύει Pl.Phdr. 268e
;οὐ μὴν αὐταί γε Id.Phlb. 12d
.b when the opposition is emphatic, δέ is sts. strengthd., as ὅμως δέ .. S.OT 785, Ph. 473, 1074, etc. (so ); δ' αὖ .. Il.4.415, X.An.1.10.5; δ' ἔμπης .. Il.1.561-2.c μέν is sts. answered by a copul. Particle, κάρτιστοι μὲν ἔσαν καὶ καρτίστοις ἐμάχοντο ib. 267, cf. 459, Od. 22.475, S.Aj.1, Tr. 689, E.Med. 125 (anap.), etc.: rarely in Prose,τρία μὲν ἔτη ἀντεῖχον.., καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐνέδοσαν Th.2.65
(dub.).B μέν before other Particles:I where each Particle retains its force,2μὲν γάρ S.OT62
, Th.1.142, etc.:— in Hom. there is freq. no second clause, Od.1.173, 392, cf. S.OT 1062, etc.;μὲν γὰρ δή Il.11.825
;μὲν γάρ τε 17.727
.3 μέν γε, when a general statement is explained in detail,Κορινθίοις μέν γε ἔνσπονδοί ἐστε Th.1.40
, cf. 70, 6.86, Hdt.6.46, Antipho 5.14, Lys. 13.27, Is.4.8, Ar.Nu. 1382, V. 564, E.Fr.909.4.4μὲν δή Il.1.514
, Hdt.1.32, etc.: freq. used to express positive certainty,ἀλλ' οἶσθα μὲν δή S. Tr. 627
, cf. OT 294;τὰ μὲν δὴ τόξ' ἔχεις Id.Ph. 1308
; esp. as a conclusion,τοῦτο μὲν δὴ.. ὁμολογεῖται Pl.Grg. 470b
, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.6, etc.: in closing a statement,τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα A.Pr. 500
, etc.: used in answers to convey full assent, ἦ μὲν δή (cf. supr. A) Il.9.348, Od.4.33;καὶ μὲν δή.. γε Pl.R. 409b
; οὐ μὲν δή, to deny positively, Il.8.238, X.Cyr.1.6.9, Pl.Tht. 148e, etc.;οὐ μὲν δή.. γε X.An.2.2.3
, 3.2.14; ἀλλ' οὔ τι μὲν δή .. Pl.Tht. 187a.5 μὲν οὖν, v. infr.11.2.II where the Particles combine so as to form a new sense,1 μέν γε at all events, at any rate (not in Trag.),τοῦτο μέν γ' ἤδη σαφές Ar.Ach. 154
, cf. Nu. 1172, Lys. 1165, Ra.80, Th.3.39;μέν γέ που Pl.R. 559b
, Tht. 147a.2 μὲν οὖν is freq. used with a corresponding δέ, so that each Particle retains its force, Od.4.780, Pi.O.1.111, S.OT 244, 843; Ph. 359, D.2.5, etc.: but freq. also abs., so then, S.Ant.65;ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παραλείψω D.2.3
; esp. in replies, sts. in strong affirmation,παντάπασι μὲν οὖν Pl.Tht. 158d
; κομιδῇ μὲν οὖν ib. 159e; πάνυ μὲν οὖν ib. 159b; ἀνάγκη μὲν οὖν ib. 189e; also to substitute a new statement so as to correct a preceding statement, nay rather, κακοδαίμων; Answ. βαρυδαίμων μὲν οὖν! Ar.Ec. 1102; μου πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποψῶ wipe your nose on my head: Answ. ἐμοῦ μὲν οὖν .. nay on mine, Id.Eq. 911, cf. A.Pers. 1032 (lyr.), Ag. 1090 (lyr.), 1396, S.Aj. 1363, El. 1503, OT 705, Ar.Ra. 241, Pl.Cri. 44b, Grg. 466a, 470b, Prt. 309d, etc.; alsoμὲν οὖν δή S.Tr. 153
;καὶ δὴ μὲν οὖν Id.OC31
; cf. οὐμενοῦν: in NT μενοῦν and μενοῦνγε, to begin a sentence, yea rather, Ev.Luc.11.28, Ep.Rom.9.20, etc., cf. Phryn.322, Hsch.—In [dialect] Ion., μέν νυν is used for μὲν οὖν, Hdt.1.18, 4.145, etc.3 by μέν τε, if δέ τε follows, the two clauses are more closely combined than by τε.., τε .., Il.5.139, al.; μέν τε is freq. answered by δέ alone, 16.28, al.; by ἀλλά, αὐτάρ, 17.727, Od.1.215, al.; perh. by ἠδέ, Il.4.341:— Hom. also uses μέν τε abs., when τε loses its force, as after ἦ, τίς, etc., Il.2.145, al.4 μέν τοι in Hom. always occurs in speeches, where τοι can be regarded as the dat. of the Pron.: later, μέντοι is written as a single word, and is used:a with a conj. force, yet, nevertheless, A.Pr. 320, 1054 (anap.), S.Tr. 413, etc.; and sts. stands for δέ, answering to μέν, v. supr. A.11.6 a.b as an Adv., in strong protestations, οὐ μέντοι μὰ Δία .. D.4.49; in eager or positive assent, of course, φαμέν τι εἶναι .. ; Answ.φαμὲν μέντοι νὴ Δία Pl.Phd. 65d
, al.: with a neg. to give emphasis to a question, οὐ σὺ μέντοι .. ; why, are you not.. ? Id.Prt. 309a, cf. Phdr. 229b, R. 339b, etc.: sts. to express impatience, ὄμνυμι γάρ σοι—τίνα μέντοι, τίνα θεῶν; Id.Phdr. 236d; τί μ. πρῶτον ἦν, τί πρῶτον ἦν; nay what was the first? Ar.Nu. 787;οὗτος, σὲ λέγω μ. Id.Ra. 171
; σὺ μέντοι .. Luc.Alex.44: with imper., to enforce the command, τουτὶ μ. σὺ φυλάττου only take heed.., Ar. Pax 1100, cf.Av. 661, X.An.1.4.8: in answers, γελοῖον μέντἂν εἴη nay it would be absurd, Pl.Tht. 158e; summing up a long temporal clause, And.1.130.cμέντοι γε X.Cyr.5.5.24
, etc.;οὐ μ. γε Diog.Apoll.5
: in later Gr. μέντοιγε stands first in the sentence,μ. οὐ θέλω PLond.3.897.13
(i A.D.); also , S.OT 778, 1292, E.Hec. 600;ὅμως γε μ. Ar.Ra.61
.d καὶ μ. καί is used to add a point to be noted, Heraclit.28, Pl.R. 331d; also καί.. μ., νῦν σοι καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασθαι μέντοι .. and of course to take care.., X.An.4.6.15 (v.l.), cf. 1.8.20, Pl.Prt. 339c, Tht. 143a.e ἀλλὰ μέντοι well, if it comes to that, X.An.4.6.16; well, of course, Pl.R. 331e, etc.; cf. μέντον.D Position of μέν. Like δέ, it usu. stands as the second word in a sentence. But when a sentence begins with words common to its subordinate clauses, μέν stands second in the first of these clauses, asἥδε γὰρ γυνὴ δούλη μέν, εἴρηκεν δ' ἐλεύθερον λόγον S.Tr.63
; οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐτάξαντο μέν.., ἡσύχαζον δέ .. Th.4.73, cf. 113, etc. It also attaches itself to words which mark opposition, as πρῶτον μέν, τότε μέν, ἐγὼ μέν, even when these do not stand first: sts. however it precedes them,ὡς μὲν ἐγὼ οἶμαι Pl.Phdr. 228b
;ὡς μέν τινες ἔφασαν X.Cyr.5.2.28
. It generally stands between the Art. and Noun, or the Prep. and its Case: but if special stress is laid on the Noun, this is sts. neglected, asοἱ Τεγεᾶται μὲν ἐπηυλίσαντο, Μαντινῆς δὲ ἀπεχώρησαν Th.4.134
; ἀνὰ τὸ σκοτεινὸν μέν .. Id.3.22; alsoτῇ σῇ μὲν εὐδαιμονίῃ, τῇ ἐμεωυτοῦ δὲ κακοδαιμονίῃ Hdt. 1.87
.II μέν is freq. repeated:1 when, besides the opposition of two main clauses, a subordinate opposition is introduced into the first, ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει, ὑμῶν δέ .. X.An.1.6.9, cf. 5.8.24, Th.8.104, D.18.214, 23.208.2 in apodosi with the demonstr. Pron. or Adv., τὸν μὲν καλέουσι θέρος, τοῦτον μὲν προσκυνέουσι, τὸν δὲ χειμῶνα .. Hdt.2.121; ὅσοι μὲν δὴ νομοῦ τοῦ Θηβαίου εἰσί, οὗτοι μέν [νυν].. αἶγας θύουσι· ὅσοι δὲ.. νομοῦ τοῦ Μενδησίου εἰσί, οὗτοι δὲ.. ὄϊς θύουσι ib.42, cf.3.108, al.; ὅτε μέν με οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον.., τότε μὲν ἔμενον.., τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος,.. ἐνταῦθα δέ .. Pl.Ap. 28e, cf. Grg. 512a.3 μέν used absolutely is freq. folld. by a correlativeμέν, εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς μὲν.. ποιοῦμεν Id.R. 421a
.III μέν is sts. omitted (esp. in Poetry) where it is implied in the followingδέ, φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων Il.22.157
;ἐλευθεροῦτε πατρίδ', ἐλευθεροῦτε δὲ παῖδας A. Pers. 403
;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. Ar.Nu. 396, Pl.Sph. 221e, Arist.Po. 1447b14, etc. -
8 take
I [teɪk]1) cinem. ripresa f.2) (catch) (of fish) pesca f.; (of game) carniere m.••II 1. [teɪk]to be on the take — colloq. prendere bustarelle
1) (take hold of) prendere [object, money]to take sb. by the hand — prendere qcn. per (la) mano
to take sth. out of — tirare fuori qcs. da [ box]
to take a knife to sb. — vibrare coltellate contro qcn
I'll take some apples, please — vorrei delle mele, per favore
3) (carry along) portare [ object]to take sb. sth. to take sth. to sb. portare qcs. a qcn.; to take the car to the garage portare la macchina dal meccanico; did he take an umbrella (with him)? — ha preso l'ombrello?
4) (accompany, lead)to take sb. to school — accompagnare qcn. a scuola
you can't take him anywhere! — scherz. non si può andare in giro con uno così!
7) (accept) [ machine] prendere [ coin]; [ shop] accettare [ credit card]; [ person] accettare, prendere [ bribe]; prendere [patients, pupils]; accettare [ job]; prendere [ phone call]; sopportare [pain, criticism]; accettare [ punishment]he can't take a joke — non accetta le battute, non sta allo scherzo
8) (require) [activity, course of action] richiedere [skill, courage]9) ling. reggere [object, case]10) (react to)to take sth. well, badly, seriously — prendere qcs. bene, male, sul serio
11) (adopt) adottare [measures, steps]12) (assume)to take sb. for o to be sth. prendere qcn. per; what do you take me for? per chi mi prendi? what do you take this poem to mean? — che significato dai a questa poesia?
13) (consider) fare [ example]; prendere (in esempio) [person, case]take John (for example),... — prendi John (per esempio)
14) (record) prendere [ notes]; prendere nota di [ statement]; misurare [temperature, blood pressure]; prendere, sentire [ pulse]to take sb.'s measurements — (for clothes) prendere le misure a qcn
15) (hold) [hall, bus, tank, container] (potere) contenere16) (wear) (in clothes) portare, avere [ size]to take a size 4 — (in shoes) portare il 37
17) fot. prendere, fare [ photograph]19) scol. univ. (study) studiare, prendere [ subject]; seguire [ course]; prendere [ lessons] (in di); (sit) dare [ exam]; fare [ test]; (teach) [ teacher] fare lezione a [ students]to take sb. for French — fare lezione di francese a qcn
20) (officiate at) [ priest] celebrare [ service]21) (capture) [ army] prendere, espugnare [fortress, city]; (in chess) [ player] mangiare [ piece]; (in cards) [ person] prendere, vincere [ prize]2.verbo intransitivo (pass. took; p.pass. taken) (have desired effect) [ drug] fare effetto; [ dye] prendere; (grow successfully) [ plant] attecchire- take in- take off- take on- take out- take to- take up••to take it o a lot out of sb. chiedere tanto a qcn.; to take it upon oneself to do farsi carico di fare; to take sb. out of himself fare distrarre o divertire qcn.; you can take it from me,... — credimi
* * *(to take or keep (someone) as a hostage: The police were unable to attack the terrorists because they were holding three people hostage.) prendere/tenere in ostaggio* * *take /teɪk/n.1 il prendere; presa2 quantità di selvaggina (di pesce, ecc.) presa; carniere (fig.): It was an excellent take, siamo tornati (sono tornati, ecc.) col carniere pieno; a great take of fish, una pesca eccezionale4 (cinem., TV) ripresa5 (fam.) guadagno; profitto; ricavo8 (fam.) bustarella; pizzo; tangente● (fam.) to be on the take, prendere la bustarella (o il pizzo); farsi corrompere.♦ (to) take /teɪk/A v. t.1 prendere; pigliare; afferrare; cogliere, sorprendere; catturare; conquistare, impadronirsi di; conquistare; guadagnare; ricevere; comprare; sottrarre; togliere; rubare: Will you take a glass of wine?, prendi (o vuoi) un bicchiere di vino?; to take st. (up) with one's hands, prendere qc. con le mani; to take sb. 's hand, prendere (o afferrare) la mano a q.; Let me take your coat!, posso prenderti il cappotto? ( lo metto a posto io, ecc.); I took the flat for a year, presi l'appartamento (in affitto) per un anno; Take what you like, piglia quello che vuoi!; He was taken in the act, è stato colto (o preso) in flagrante; The fortress was taken by the enemy, la fortezza fu conquistata (o presa) dal nemico; to take a Senate seat, conquistare un seggio al Senato (in Italia, ecc.); He takes three hundred pounds a month, guadagna (o prende) trecento sterline al mese; The thief took all the silver, il ladro ha rubato tutta l'argenteria; The shopkeeper took 10 p off the price, il negoziante tolse dieci penny dal prezzo; We take two newspapers daily, compriamo due giornali tutti i giorni2 prendere con sé; portare via; portare; condurre; accompagnare: Take your umbrella with you, prenditi l'ombrello!; Take these parcels to the post office, will you?, mi porti questi pacchi alla posta?; This path will take you to the river, questo sentiero ti porterà al fiume; I took my guest home, accompagnai a casa l'ospite; Take the children for a walk, porta i bambini a fare una passeggiata! NOTA D'USO: - to bring o to take?-3 prendere; accettare; assumere; accollarsi: Do you take credit cards?, accettate le carte di credito?; DIALOGO → - Paying 1- Which credit cards do you take?, quali carte di credito accettate?; to take holy orders, prendere gli ordini sacri; to take one's degree, prendere la laurea; They won't take our advice, non accettano i nostri consigli; He took the job, ha accettato il posto; They cannot take defeat, non riescono ad accettare la sconfitta; to take the blame, accollarsi (o assumersi) la colpa4 prendere; assumere; ingerire: to take a medicine, prendere una medicina; to take one's meals at a restaurant, prendere i pasti (o mangiare) al ristorante; to take drugs, assumere droga; drogarsi5 prendere; prendere in esame; considerare; giudicare; ritenere; reputare; valutare; supporre: to take sb. at his word, prendere q. in parola; to take st. as done, considerare qc. come già fatto; to take sb. as a swindler, prendere q. per un imbroglione; Let's take John, for instance, prendiamo John, per esempio; to take sb. at his face value, valutare q. per quello che sembra; I take it you're the person in charge here, se non sbaglio è lei che comanda qui; DIALOGO → - Wedding- I take it she said yes then?, suppongo che abbia detto di sì, quindi6 comprendere, intendere: Do you take my meaning?, intendi quel che voglio dire?8 fare: to take a walk [a bath], fare una passeggiata [un bagno]; to take a nap, fare un sonnellino; to take a picture (o a photograph) fare una fotografia; to take an exam, fare (o dare, sostenere) un esame; (stat.) to take a census, fare un censimento; The horse took the jump, il cavallo ha fatto il salto ( non ha rifiutato l'ostacolo)9 attirare; attrarre; trasportare (fig.); incantare; cattivarsi; affascinare: I was not much taken by ( o with) his behaviour, sono stato tutt'altro che attratto dal suo comportamento; This author takes his readers with him, quest'autore affascina (o trasporta) i lettori10 (spesso impers.) impiegare; metterci; volerci; richiedere; occorrere: I took three days to finish my work, impiegai tre giorni per finire il mio lavoro; DIALOGO → - Building work- The builders said the job would take six to eight weeks, max, i muratori dicono che per i lavori ci vorranno da sei a otto settimane al massimo; How long did it take you to go there?, quanto tempo ci hai messo per andare là?; These things take time, ci vuol tempo per queste cose; It takes a lot of patience, ci vuole molta pazienza15 (gramm.) reggere; prendere: Transitive verbs take a direct object, i verbi transitivi reggono il complemento oggetto17 misurare; rilevare; prendere: to take sb. 's temperature, misurare la temperatura (fam.: la febbre) a q.19 ( di un recipiente, un locale, un veicolo) contenere; portare: This bottle only takes half a litre, questa bottiglia contiene solo mezzo litro; The hall can take 200 people, la sala può contenere 200 persone; The coach takes (up) 50 passengers, il pullman porta 50 passeggeri20 tirare, sferrare; dare: to take a shot at a bird, tirare un colpo (o sparare) a un uccello; to take a punch at sb., tirare (o sferrare) un pugno a q.21 portare ( una misura d'indumento): What size do you take, madam?, che misura (o numero) porta, signora?22 ( sport) vincere: ( boxe) to take nearly every round, vincere quasi tutte le riprese; ( tennis) to take the set, vincere il set24 (fam.) darle (o suonarle) a (q.); battere (q.) ( a pugni, o in una gara): The champion took the challenger in the first round, il detentore del titolo batté lo sfidante nel primo round26 ( calcio, ecc.) fare, effettuare, eseguire ( un tiro, una rimessa, ecc.); dare ( un calcio); battere; segnare ( un gol, un canestro): to take a penalty, tirare (o battere) un rigore; ( cricket) to take a run, effettuare una corsa ( verso il wicket); to take a free kick, battere (o tirare) una punizione27 (fam.) imbrogliare; truffare; fregare (fam.): The salesman tried to take me, il commesso ha cercato di fregarmi28 (fam.; al passivo) defraudare; derubare: The old lady was taken for all her money, la vecchia signora è stata derubata di tutti i soldiB v. i.1 ( anche mecc.) prendere; far presa; attaccare: This gear won't take, quest'ingranaggio non prende (o non fa presa); The fire took rapidly, il fuoco prese subito; This paint takes well, questa vernice attacca bene● to take advantage of, approfittare di; sfruttare □ (mil.) to take aim, prendere la mira; mirare; puntare □ to take all the fun out of st., guastare la festa; rovinare tutto □ to take sb. 's arm, prendere il braccio di q.; prender q. per il braccio □ to take st. as read, dare qc. per letto □ (fig.) to take a back seat, occupare un posto di scarsa importanza; accontentarsi di un ruolo secondario □ (leg.) to take bankruptcy, accettare di essere messo in fallimento □ (autom., ecc.) to take a bend, prendere una curva: to take a bend as tightly as possible, stringere una curva al massimo □ to take bets, accettare scommesse □ (fig.) to take the bit between one's teeth, stringere i denti (fig.) □ to take breath, prendere (o ripigliare) fiato □ to take by surprise, cogliere di sorpresa; prendere (o conquistare) di sorpresa □ to take care, stare attento; fare attenzione; badare; guardarsi: Take care what you say, fa' attenzione a quel che dici!; Take care not to break it, bada di non romperlo! □ to take care of, badare a; prendersi cura di, aver cura di; (fam. eufem.) sistemare, eliminare, uccidere: Who will take care of the baby?, chi si prenderà cura del bambino?; Take care of yourself! abbi cura di te!; riguardati! □ (fig.) to take the chair, assumere la presidenza; presiedere una seduta □ to take a chair, prendere posto; accomodarsi; sedersi □ to take a chance, correre un rischio; tentare la sorte □ to take one's chances, correre il rischio; arrischiare, azzardare; tentare la sorte; stare al gioco (fig.) □ to take no chances, non volere correre rischi; andare sul sicuro □ to take charge of st., prendere in consegna qc.; occuparsi di qc.; assumere il comando (la direzione) di qc.: The new commander took charge of the garrison, il nuovo comandante assunse (o prese) il comando della guarnigione □ to take command, prendere il comando □ (relig.) to take communion, fare la comunione □ to take courage, farsi coraggio; farsi animo □ to take a deep breath, tirare un lungo respiro □ to take a different view, essere di tutt'altro avviso; essere di parere contrario □ to take effect, ( di una medicina, ecc.) avere (o fare) effetto; ( di una legge e sim.) entrare in vigore; essere attuato; andare in porto (fig.): The new law takes effect as of July 1st, la nuova legge entra in vigore dal primo di luglio □ to take a fever, contrarre una febbre ( malarica, ecc.) □ to take fright, prendersi paura; spaventarsi □ to take hold of sb., impadronirsi di q.: A great tenderness took hold of him, una grande tenerezza si è impadronita di lui □ to take hold of st., afferrare qc.: He took hold of the bar, ha afferrato la sbarra □ to take a holiday, andare in vacanza □ to take st. in hand, prendere in mano qc. (fig.); intraprendere qc. □ to take an interest in st., interessarsi a qc. □ to take into account, tener presente; tener conto di; prendere in considerazione: We must take his youth into account, dobbiamo tener conto della sua giovinezza □ to take sb. into one's confidence, concedere a q. la propria fiducia; mettere q. a parte dei propri segreti □ (fam.) to take it, tener duro; non batter ciglio □ to take it easy, prendersela comoda, non strapazzarsi; ( anche) non prendersela, restare calmo □ to take it into one's head (o mind), mettersi in testa, figgersi in capo ( un'idea, ecc.) □ to take a joke in earnest, prender sul serio uno scherzo □ to take a leap (o a jump), fare un salto □ to take leave of sb., prendere congedo (o commiato) da q.; accomiatarsi da q. □ to take leave of one's senses, impazzire □ (leg.) to take legal action, adire le vie legali □ to take legal advice, consultare un avvocato; rivolgersi a un legale per un parere □ to take a letter, ( anche) battere una lettera sotto dettatura □ to take sb. 's life, togliere la vita a q.; uccidere q. □ (fam.) to take one's life in one's hands, rischiare la vita □ to take a look at st., dare un'occhiata a qc. □ to take a look round, dare un'occhiata in giro; guardarsi attorno (o intorno) □ (fam.) to take the mickey out of sb., prendere in giro q.; sfottere q. (fam.) □ to take minutes, mettere a verbale; verbalizzare □ to take the nonsense out of sb., togliere i grilli dalla testa a q. □ to take notes, prendere appunti □ to take notice of st., fare attenzione a qc.; occuparsi (o interessarsi) di qc.; rendersi conto di qc. □ to take an oath, fare (o prestare) un giuramento □ to take offence, offendersi □ to take other people's ideas, appropriarsi delle idee altrui □ to take pains, darsi (o prendersi) pena (di fare qc.); sforzarsi; darsi da fare; fare il possibile: to take pains to do a job well, sforzarsi di fare bene un lavoro □ to take part in st., prendere parte, partecipare a qc. □ to take place, aver luogo; accadere; avvenire; verificarsi □ (polit.) to take power, salire al potere; andare al governo □ to take pride in st., andare orgoglioso di qc. □ (mil.) to take sb. prisoner, far prigioniero q. □ ( boxe) to take punishment, subire una punizione; incassare colpi durissimi □ (fam.) to take the rap, essere incolpato (spec. per colpe altrui); prendersi la colpa □ to take refuge, trovar rifugio; rifugiarsi; riparare □ to take a seat, prendere posto; mettersi a sedere; accomodarsi □ to take sides with sb., parteggiare per q.; schierarsi con q. □ to take stock, (comm.) fare l'inventario; (fig.) valutare la situazione (e sim.) □ to take things as they are, prendere il mondo come viene □ to take things coolly, conservare il sangue freddo; mantenere la calma; non agitarsi □ to take things easy, prender le cose alla leggera; tirare a campare; fare il proprio comodo; prendersela comoda □ to take things seriously, prender le cose sul serio □ to take one's time, prendersela comoda; andare adagio: He took his time over the job, se la prese comoda col lavoro □ to take its toll on sb. [st.], farsi sentire su q. [qc.] ( in senso negativo) □ to take the train, prendere il treno; servirsi del treno ( e non dell'autobus, ecc.): DIALOGO → - Asking about routine 2- I usually take the bus, but sometimes I go by train, di solito prendo l'autobus, ma a volte vado in treno □ to take the trouble to do st., prendersi il disturbo di fare qc.; darsi la pena di fare qc. □ to take turns, fare a turno, alternarsi: (autom.) to take turns at the wheel, alternarsi al volante □ to take a vow, fare un voto □ to take a wife, prender moglie □ to take wing, levarsi a volo □ to be taken ill, ammalarsi; sentirsi male □ (fam.) to be taken short, avere un bisognino ( un bisogno impellente) □ It took a lot of doing, ci volle del bello e del buono □ Take your seats!, seduti!, a posto!; ( anche, ferr.) in carrozza! □ How old do you take me to be?, quanti anni mi dai? □ (fam.) I can take him or leave him, non mi è né simpatico né antipatico; mi lascia indifferente □ Take it or leave it!, prendere o lasciare! □ (fam.) I am not taking any, grazie, no!; ( anche) non ci sto!NOTA D'USO: - to take o to get?-* * *I [teɪk]1) cinem. ripresa f.2) (catch) (of fish) pesca f.; (of game) carniere m.••II 1. [teɪk]to be on the take — colloq. prendere bustarelle
1) (take hold of) prendere [object, money]to take sb. by the hand — prendere qcn. per (la) mano
to take sth. out of — tirare fuori qcs. da [ box]
to take a knife to sb. — vibrare coltellate contro qcn
I'll take some apples, please — vorrei delle mele, per favore
3) (carry along) portare [ object]to take sb. sth. to take sth. to sb. portare qcs. a qcn.; to take the car to the garage portare la macchina dal meccanico; did he take an umbrella (with him)? — ha preso l'ombrello?
4) (accompany, lead)to take sb. to school — accompagnare qcn. a scuola
you can't take him anywhere! — scherz. non si può andare in giro con uno così!
7) (accept) [ machine] prendere [ coin]; [ shop] accettare [ credit card]; [ person] accettare, prendere [ bribe]; prendere [patients, pupils]; accettare [ job]; prendere [ phone call]; sopportare [pain, criticism]; accettare [ punishment]he can't take a joke — non accetta le battute, non sta allo scherzo
8) (require) [activity, course of action] richiedere [skill, courage]9) ling. reggere [object, case]10) (react to)to take sth. well, badly, seriously — prendere qcs. bene, male, sul serio
11) (adopt) adottare [measures, steps]12) (assume)to take sb. for o to be sth. prendere qcn. per; what do you take me for? per chi mi prendi? what do you take this poem to mean? — che significato dai a questa poesia?
13) (consider) fare [ example]; prendere (in esempio) [person, case]take John (for example),... — prendi John (per esempio)
14) (record) prendere [ notes]; prendere nota di [ statement]; misurare [temperature, blood pressure]; prendere, sentire [ pulse]to take sb.'s measurements — (for clothes) prendere le misure a qcn
15) (hold) [hall, bus, tank, container] (potere) contenere16) (wear) (in clothes) portare, avere [ size]to take a size 4 — (in shoes) portare il 37
17) fot. prendere, fare [ photograph]19) scol. univ. (study) studiare, prendere [ subject]; seguire [ course]; prendere [ lessons] (in di); (sit) dare [ exam]; fare [ test]; (teach) [ teacher] fare lezione a [ students]to take sb. for French — fare lezione di francese a qcn
20) (officiate at) [ priest] celebrare [ service]21) (capture) [ army] prendere, espugnare [fortress, city]; (in chess) [ player] mangiare [ piece]; (in cards) [ person] prendere, vincere [ prize]2.verbo intransitivo (pass. took; p.pass. taken) (have desired effect) [ drug] fare effetto; [ dye] prendere; (grow successfully) [ plant] attecchire- take in- take off- take on- take out- take to- take up••to take it o a lot out of sb. chiedere tanto a qcn.; to take it upon oneself to do farsi carico di fare; to take sb. out of himself fare distrarre o divertire qcn.; you can take it from me,... — credimi
-
9 ἐν
ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.② marker of a state or condition, inⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.④ marker of close association within a limit, inⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, whenⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW. -
10 Artificial Intelligence
In my opinion, none of [these programs] does even remote justice to the complexity of human mental processes. Unlike men, "artificially intelligent" programs tend to be single minded, undistractable, and unemotional. (Neisser, 1967, p. 9)Future progress in [artificial intelligence] will depend on the development of both practical and theoretical knowledge.... As regards theoretical knowledge, some have sought a unified theory of artificial intelligence. My view is that artificial intelligence is (or soon will be) an engineering discipline since its primary goal is to build things. (Nilsson, 1971, pp. vii-viii)Most workers in AI [artificial intelligence] research and in related fields confess to a pronounced feeling of disappointment in what has been achieved in the last 25 years. Workers entered the field around 1950, and even around 1960, with high hopes that are very far from being realized in 1972. In no part of the field have the discoveries made so far produced the major impact that was then promised.... In the meantime, claims and predictions regarding the potential results of AI research had been publicized which went even farther than the expectations of the majority of workers in the field, whose embarrassments have been added to by the lamentable failure of such inflated predictions....When able and respected scientists write in letters to the present author that AI, the major goal of computing science, represents "another step in the general process of evolution"; that possibilities in the 1980s include an all-purpose intelligence on a human-scale knowledge base; that awe-inspiring possibilities suggest themselves based on machine intelligence exceeding human intelligence by the year 2000 [one has the right to be skeptical]. (Lighthill, 1972, p. 17)4) Just as Astronomy Succeeded Astrology, the Discovery of Intellectual Processes in Machines Should Lead to a Science, EventuallyJust as astronomy succeeded astrology, following Kepler's discovery of planetary regularities, the discoveries of these many principles in empirical explorations on intellectual processes in machines should lead to a science, eventually. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)5) Problems in Machine Intelligence Arise Because Things Obvious to Any Person Are Not Represented in the ProgramMany problems arise in experiments on machine intelligence because things obvious to any person are not represented in any program. One can pull with a string, but one cannot push with one.... Simple facts like these caused serious problems when Charniak attempted to extend Bobrow's "Student" program to more realistic applications, and they have not been faced up to until now. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 77)What do we mean by [a symbolic] "description"? We do not mean to suggest that our descriptions must be made of strings of ordinary language words (although they might be). The simplest kind of description is a structure in which some features of a situation are represented by single ("primitive") symbols, and relations between those features are represented by other symbols-or by other features of the way the description is put together. (Minsky & Papert, 1973, p. 11)[AI is] the use of computer programs and programming techniques to cast light on the principles of intelligence in general and human thought in particular. (Boden, 1977, p. 5)The word you look for and hardly ever see in the early AI literature is the word knowledge. They didn't believe you have to know anything, you could always rework it all.... In fact 1967 is the turning point in my mind when there was enough feeling that the old ideas of general principles had to go.... I came up with an argument for what I called the primacy of expertise, and at the time I called the other guys the generalists. (Moses, quoted in McCorduck, 1979, pp. 228-229)9) Artificial Intelligence Is Psychology in a Particularly Pure and Abstract FormThe basic idea of cognitive science is that intelligent beings are semantic engines-in other words, automatic formal systems with interpretations under which they consistently make sense. We can now see why this includes psychology and artificial intelligence on a more or less equal footing: people and intelligent computers (if and when there are any) turn out to be merely different manifestations of the same underlying phenomenon. Moreover, with universal hardware, any semantic engine can in principle be formally imitated by a computer if only the right program can be found. And that will guarantee semantic imitation as well, since (given the appropriate formal behavior) the semantics is "taking care of itself" anyway. Thus we also see why, from this perspective, artificial intelligence can be regarded as psychology in a particularly pure and abstract form. The same fundamental structures are under investigation, but in AI, all the relevant parameters are under direct experimental control (in the programming), without any messy physiology or ethics to get in the way. (Haugeland, 1981b, p. 31)There are many different kinds of reasoning one might imagine:Formal reasoning involves the syntactic manipulation of data structures to deduce new ones following prespecified rules of inference. Mathematical logic is the archetypical formal representation. Procedural reasoning uses simulation to answer questions and solve problems. When we use a program to answer What is the sum of 3 and 4? it uses, or "runs," a procedural model of arithmetic. Reasoning by analogy seems to be a very natural mode of thought for humans but, so far, difficult to accomplish in AI programs. The idea is that when you ask the question Can robins fly? the system might reason that "robins are like sparrows, and I know that sparrows can fly, so robins probably can fly."Generalization and abstraction are also natural reasoning process for humans that are difficult to pin down well enough to implement in a program. If one knows that Robins have wings, that Sparrows have wings, and that Blue jays have wings, eventually one will believe that All birds have wings. This capability may be at the core of most human learning, but it has not yet become a useful technique in AI.... Meta- level reasoning is demonstrated by the way one answers the question What is Paul Newman's telephone number? You might reason that "if I knew Paul Newman's number, I would know that I knew it, because it is a notable fact." This involves using "knowledge about what you know," in particular, about the extent of your knowledge and about the importance of certain facts. Recent research in psychology and AI indicates that meta-level reasoning may play a central role in human cognitive processing. (Barr & Feigenbaum, 1981, pp. 146-147)Suffice it to say that programs already exist that can do things-or, at the very least, appear to be beginning to do things-which ill-informed critics have asserted a priori to be impossible. Examples include: perceiving in a holistic as opposed to an atomistic way; using language creatively; translating sensibly from one language to another by way of a language-neutral semantic representation; planning acts in a broad and sketchy fashion, the details being decided only in execution; distinguishing between different species of emotional reaction according to the psychological context of the subject. (Boden, 1981, p. 33)Can the synthesis of Man and Machine ever be stable, or will the purely organic component become such a hindrance that it has to be discarded? If this eventually happens-and I have... good reasons for thinking that it must-we have nothing to regret and certainly nothing to fear. (Clarke, 1984, p. 243)The thesis of GOFAI... is not that the processes underlying intelligence can be described symbolically... but that they are symbolic. (Haugeland, 1985, p. 113)14) Artificial Intelligence Provides a Useful Approach to Psychological and Psychiatric Theory FormationIt is all very well formulating psychological and psychiatric theories verbally but, when using natural language (even technical jargon), it is difficult to recognise when a theory is complete; oversights are all too easily made, gaps too readily left. This is a point which is generally recognised to be true and it is for precisely this reason that the behavioural sciences attempt to follow the natural sciences in using "classical" mathematics as a more rigorous descriptive language. However, it is an unfortunate fact that, with a few notable exceptions, there has been a marked lack of success in this application. It is my belief that a different approach-a different mathematics-is needed, and that AI provides just this approach. (Hand, quoted in Hand, 1985, pp. 6-7)We might distinguish among four kinds of AI.Research of this kind involves building and programming computers to perform tasks which, to paraphrase Marvin Minsky, would require intelligence if they were done by us. Researchers in nonpsychological AI make no claims whatsoever about the psychological realism of their programs or the devices they build, that is, about whether or not computers perform tasks as humans do.Research here is guided by the view that the computer is a useful tool in the study of mind. In particular, we can write computer programs or build devices that simulate alleged psychological processes in humans and then test our predictions about how the alleged processes work. We can weave these programs and devices together with other programs and devices that simulate different alleged mental processes and thereby test the degree to which the AI system as a whole simulates human mentality. According to weak psychological AI, working with computer models is a way of refining and testing hypotheses about processes that are allegedly realized in human minds.... According to this view, our minds are computers and therefore can be duplicated by other computers. Sherry Turkle writes that the "real ambition is of mythic proportions, making a general purpose intelligence, a mind." (Turkle, 1984, p. 240) The authors of a major text announce that "the ultimate goal of AI research is to build a person or, more humbly, an animal." (Charniak & McDermott, 1985, p. 7)Research in this field, like strong psychological AI, takes seriously the functionalist view that mentality can be realized in many different types of physical devices. Suprapsychological AI, however, accuses strong psychological AI of being chauvinisticof being only interested in human intelligence! Suprapsychological AI claims to be interested in all the conceivable ways intelligence can be realized. (Flanagan, 1991, pp. 241-242)16) Determination of Relevance of Rules in Particular ContextsEven if the [rules] were stored in a context-free form the computer still couldn't use them. To do that the computer requires rules enabling it to draw on just those [ rules] which are relevant in each particular context. Determination of relevance will have to be based on further facts and rules, but the question will again arise as to which facts and rules are relevant for making each particular determination. One could always invoke further facts and rules to answer this question, but of course these must be only the relevant ones. And so it goes. It seems that AI workers will never be able to get started here unless they can settle the problem of relevance beforehand by cataloguing types of context and listing just those facts which are relevant in each. (Dreyfus & Dreyfus, 1986, p. 80)Perhaps the single most important idea to artificial intelligence is that there is no fundamental difference between form and content, that meaning can be captured in a set of symbols such as a semantic net. (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)Artificial intelligence is based on the assumption that the mind can be described as some kind of formal system manipulating symbols that stand for things in the world. Thus it doesn't matter what the brain is made of, or what it uses for tokens in the great game of thinking. Using an equivalent set of tokens and rules, we can do thinking with a digital computer, just as we can play chess using cups, salt and pepper shakers, knives, forks, and spoons. Using the right software, one system (the mind) can be mapped into the other (the computer). (G. Johnson, 1986, p. 250)19) A Statement of the Primary and Secondary Purposes of Artificial IntelligenceThe primary goal of Artificial Intelligence is to make machines smarter.The secondary goals of Artificial Intelligence are to understand what intelligence is (the Nobel laureate purpose) and to make machines more useful (the entrepreneurial purpose). (Winston, 1987, p. 1)The theoretical ideas of older branches of engineering are captured in the language of mathematics. We contend that mathematical logic provides the basis for theory in AI. Although many computer scientists already count logic as fundamental to computer science in general, we put forward an even stronger form of the logic-is-important argument....AI deals mainly with the problem of representing and using declarative (as opposed to procedural) knowledge. Declarative knowledge is the kind that is expressed as sentences, and AI needs a language in which to state these sentences. Because the languages in which this knowledge usually is originally captured (natural languages such as English) are not suitable for computer representations, some other language with the appropriate properties must be used. It turns out, we think, that the appropriate properties include at least those that have been uppermost in the minds of logicians in their development of logical languages such as the predicate calculus. Thus, we think that any language for expressing knowledge in AI systems must be at least as expressive as the first-order predicate calculus. (Genesereth & Nilsson, 1987, p. viii)21) Perceptual Structures Can Be Represented as Lists of Elementary PropositionsIn artificial intelligence studies, perceptual structures are represented as assemblages of description lists, the elementary components of which are propositions asserting that certain relations hold among elements. (Chase & Simon, 1988, p. 490)Artificial intelligence (AI) is sometimes defined as the study of how to build and/or program computers to enable them to do the sorts of things that minds can do. Some of these things are commonly regarded as requiring intelligence: offering a medical diagnosis and/or prescription, giving legal or scientific advice, proving theorems in logic or mathematics. Others are not, because they can be done by all normal adults irrespective of educational background (and sometimes by non-human animals too), and typically involve no conscious control: seeing things in sunlight and shadows, finding a path through cluttered terrain, fitting pegs into holes, speaking one's own native tongue, and using one's common sense. Because it covers AI research dealing with both these classes of mental capacity, this definition is preferable to one describing AI as making computers do "things that would require intelligence if done by people." However, it presupposes that computers could do what minds can do, that they might really diagnose, advise, infer, and understand. One could avoid this problematic assumption (and also side-step questions about whether computers do things in the same way as we do) by defining AI instead as "the development of computers whose observable performance has features which in humans we would attribute to mental processes." This bland characterization would be acceptable to some AI workers, especially amongst those focusing on the production of technological tools for commercial purposes. But many others would favour a more controversial definition, seeing AI as the science of intelligence in general-or, more accurately, as the intellectual core of cognitive science. As such, its goal is to provide a systematic theory that can explain (and perhaps enable us to replicate) both the general categories of intentionality and the diverse psychological capacities grounded in them. (Boden, 1990b, pp. 1-2)Because the ability to store data somewhat corresponds to what we call memory in human beings, and because the ability to follow logical procedures somewhat corresponds to what we call reasoning in human beings, many members of the cult have concluded that what computers do somewhat corresponds to what we call thinking. It is no great difficulty to persuade the general public of that conclusion since computers process data very fast in small spaces well below the level of visibility; they do not look like other machines when they are at work. They seem to be running along as smoothly and silently as the brain does when it remembers and reasons and thinks. On the other hand, those who design and build computers know exactly how the machines are working down in the hidden depths of their semiconductors. Computers can be taken apart, scrutinized, and put back together. Their activities can be tracked, analyzed, measured, and thus clearly understood-which is far from possible with the brain. This gives rise to the tempting assumption on the part of the builders and designers that computers can tell us something about brains, indeed, that the computer can serve as a model of the mind, which then comes to be seen as some manner of information processing machine, and possibly not as good at the job as the machine. (Roszak, 1994, pp. xiv-xv)The inner workings of the human mind are far more intricate than the most complicated systems of modern technology. Researchers in the field of artificial intelligence have been attempting to develop programs that will enable computers to display intelligent behavior. Although this field has been an active one for more than thirty-five years and has had many notable successes, AI researchers still do not know how to create a program that matches human intelligence. No existing program can recall facts, solve problems, reason, learn, and process language with human facility. This lack of success has occurred not because computers are inferior to human brains but rather because we do not yet know in sufficient detail how intelligence is organized in the brain. (Anderson, 1995, p. 2)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Artificial Intelligence
-
11 say
1. transitive verb,1) sagenhe said something about going out — er hat etwas von Ausgehen gesagt
what more can I say? — was soll ich da noch [groß] sagen?
it says a lot or much or something for somebody/something that... — es spricht sehr für jemanden/etwas, dass...
have a lot/not much to say for oneself — viel reden/nicht viel von sich geben
to say nothing of — (quite apart from) ganz zu schweigen von; mal ganz abgesehen von
having said that, that said — (nevertheless) abgesehen davon
you can say that again, you said it — (coll.) das kannst du laut sagen (ugs.)
you don't say [so] — (coll.) was du nicht sagst (ugs.)
says you — (coll.) wer's glaubt, wird selig (ugs. scherzh.)
I'll say [it is]! — (coll.): (it certainly is) und wie!
don't let or never let it be said [that]... — niemand soll sagen können, [dass]...
I can't say [that] I like cats/the idea — ich kann nicht gerade sagen od. behaupten, dass ich Katzen mag/die Idee gut finde
[well,] I must say — also, ich muss schon sagen
I should say so/not — ich glaube schon/nicht; (emphatic) bestimmt/bestimmt nicht
there's something to be said on both sides/either side — man kann für beide Seiten/jede Seite Argumente anführen
what do or would you say to somebody/something? — (think about) was hältst du von jemandem/etwas?; was würdest du zu jemandem/etwas sagen?
say nothing to somebody — (fig.) [Musik, Kunst:] jemandem nichts bedeuten
which/that is not saying much or a lot — was nicht viel heißen will/das will nicht viel heißen
2) (recite, repeat, speak words of) sprechen [Gebet, Text]; aufsagen [Einmaleins, Gedicht]the Bible says or it says in the Bible [that]... — in der Bibel heißt es, dass...
a sign saying... — ein Schild mit der Aufschrift...
4) in pass.2. intransitive verb, forms asshe is said to be clever/have done it — man sagt, sie sei klug/habe es getan
1.1) (speak) sagen2) in imper. (Amer.) Mensch!3. noun1) (share in decision)have a or some say — ein Mitspracherecht haben (in bei)
2) (power of decision)the [final] say — das letzte Wort (in bei)
3) (what one has to say)have one's say — seine Meinung sagen; (chance to speak)
get one's or have a say — zu Wort kommen
* * *[sei] 1. 3rd person singular present tense - says; verb1) (to speak or utter: What did you say?; She said `Yes'.) sagen2) (to tell, state or declare: She said how she had enjoyed meeting me; She is said to be very beautiful.) sagen3) (to repeat: The child says her prayers every night.) aufsagen4) (to guess or estimate: I can't say when he'll return.) sagen2. noun(the right or opportunity to state one's opinion: I haven't had my say yet; We have no say in the decision.) das Mitspracherecht- academic.ru/64401/saying">saying- have
- I wouldn't say no to
- let's say
- say
- say the word
- that is to say* * *[seɪ]<said, said>1. (utter)▪ to \say sth etw sagenhow do you \say your name in Japanese? wie spricht man deinen Namen auf Japanisch aus?I'm sorry, what did you \say? Entschuldigung, was hast du gesagt?to \say sth to sb's face jdm etw ins Gesicht sagenwhen all is said and done letzten Endeswhen all is said and done, you can only do your best letzten Endes kann man sich nur bemühen, sein Bestes zu geben2. (state)▪ to \say sth etw sagenwhat did they \say about the house? was haben sie über das Haus gesagt?what did you \say to him? was hast du ihm gesagt?“the department manager is at lunch,” he said apologetically „der Abteilungsleiter ist beim Mittagessen“, meinte er bedauerndanother cup of tea? — I wouldn't \say no ( fam) noch eine Tasse Tee? — da würde ich nicht Nein sagenif Europe fails to agree on this, we can \say goodbye to any common foreign policy ( fam) wenn Europa sich hierauf nicht einigen kann, können wir jegliche gemeinsame Außenpolitik vergessento \say the least um es [einmal] milde auszudrückenhe's rather unreliable to \say the least er ist ziemlich unzuverlässig, und das ist noch schmeichelhaft ausgedrücktto have anything/nothing/something to \say [to sb] [jdm] irgendetwas/nichts/etwas zu sagen habenI've got something to \say to you ich muss Ihnen etwas sagento \say yes/no to sth etw annehmen/ablehnenhaving said that,... abgesehen davon...3. (put into words)▪ to \say sth etw sagenwhat are you \saying, exactly? was willst du eigentlich sagen?that was well said das war gut gesagt; (sl)\say what? echt? famhe talked for nearly an hour, but actually he said very little er redete beinahe eine Stunde lang, aber eigentlich sagte er sehr wenigneedless to \say [that] he disagreed with all the suggestions, as usual natürlich war er, wie immer, mit keinem der Vorschläge einverstandento have a lot/nothing to \say viel/nicht viel redenwhat have you got to \say for yourself? was hast du zu deiner Rechtfertigung zu sagen?\say no more! alles klar!to \say nothing of sth ganz zu schweigen von etw datit would be an enormous amount of work, to \say nothing of the cost es wäre ein enormer Arbeitsaufwand, ganz abgesehen von den Kosten4. (think)it is said [that] he's over 100 er soll über 100 Jahre alt seinshe is a firm leader, too firm, some might \say sie ist eine strenge Führungskraft, zu streng, wie manche vielleicht sagen würden\say what you like, I still can't believe it du kannst sagen, was du willst, aber ich kann es noch immer nicht glaubenshe said to herself, “what a fool I am!” „was bin ich doch für eine Idiotin“, sagte sie zu sich selbst5. (recite aloud)▪ to \say sth etw aufsagento \say a prayer ein Gebet sprechen6. (give information)▪ to \say sth etw sagenthe sign \says... auf dem Schild steht...can you read what that notice \says? kannst du lesen, was auf der Mitteilung steht?it \says on the bottle to take three tablets a day auf der Flasche heißt es, man soll drei Tabletten täglich einnehmenmy watch \says 3 o'clock auf meiner Uhr ist es 3 [Uhr]7. (indicate)to \say something/a lot about sb/sth etwas/eine Menge über jdn/etw aussagenthe way he drives \says a lot about his character sein Fahrstil sagt eine Menge über seinen Charakter austo \say something for sb/sth für jdn/etw sprechenit \says a lot for her determination that she practises her cello so often dass sie so oft Cello übt, zeigt ihre Entschlossenheitthere's little/a lot to be said for sth es spricht wenig/viel für etw akkthere's a lot to be said for living alone es spricht viel dafür, alleine zu leben8. (convey inner/artistic meaning)▪ to \say sth etw ausdrückenthe look on his face said he knew what had happened der Ausdruck auf seinem Gesicht machte deutlich, dass er wusste, was geschehen warthe expression on her face when she saw them said it all ihr Gesichtsausdruck, als sie sie sah, sagte alles▪ to \say sth etw vorschlagenI \say we start looking for a hotel now ich schlage vor, wir suchen uns jetzt ein Hotelwhat do you \say we sell the car? was hältst du davon, wenn wir das Auto verkaufen?10. (tell, command)▪ to \say when/where etc. sagen, wann/wo usw.he said to meet him here er sagte, dass wir ihn hier treffen sollenshe said to call her back when you get home sie sagte, du sollst sie zurückrufen, wenn du wieder zu Hause bistto \say when sagen, wenn es genug ist [o reicht11. (for instance)[let's] \say... sagen wir [mal]...; (assuming) nehmen wir an, angenommentry and finish the work by, let's \say, Friday versuchen Sie die Arbeit bis, sagen wir mal, Freitag fertig zu machen[let's] \say [that] the journey takes three hours, that means you'll arrive at 2 o'clock angenommen die Reise dauert drei Stunden, das heißt, du kommst um 2 Uhr an12.I'll \say amen to that ich bin dafürhe's so shy he couldn't \say boo to a goose er ist so schüchtern, er könnte keiner Fliege etwas zuleide tun▶ before sb could \say Jack Robinson bevor jd bis drei zählen konnte▶ to \say the word Bescheid gebenjust \say the word, and I'll come and help sag nur ein Wort und ich komme zu Hilfe▶ you don't \say [so]! was du nicht sagst!<said, said>1. (state) sagenwhere was he going? — he didn't \say wo wollte er hin? — das hat er nicht gesagtis it possible? — who can \say? ist das möglich? — wer kann das schon sagen?I appreciate the gesture more than I can \say ich kann gar nicht sagen, wie ich die Geste schätzeI can't \say for certain, but... ich kann es nicht mit Sicherheit behaupten, aber...hard to \say schwer zu sagenI can't \say das kann ich nicht sagen [o weiß ich nicht]it's not for sb to \say es ist nicht an jdm, etw zu sagenI think we should delay the introduction, but of course it's not for me to \say ich denke, wir sollten die Einführung hinausschieben, aber es steht mir natürlich nicht zu, das zu entscheidennot to \say... um nicht zu sagen...2. (believe) sagenis Spanish a difficult language to learn? — they \say not ist Spanisch schwer zu lernen? — angeblich nicht3. (to be explicit)... that is to \say...... das heißt...our friends, that is to \say our son's friends, will meet us at the airport unsere Freunde, genauer gesagt, die Freunde unseres Sohnes, werden uns am Flughafen treffenthat is not to \say das soll nicht heißenhe's so gullible, but that is not to \say that he is stupid er ist so leichtgläubig, aber das soll nicht heißen, dass er dumm ist4. LAWhow \say you? wie lautet Ihr Urteil?III. NOUNno pl Meinung fto have one's \say seine Meinung sagencan't you keep quiet for a minute and let me have my \say? könnt ihr mal eine Minute ruhig sein, damit ich auch mal zu Wort kommen kann? famto have a/no \say in sth bei etw dat ein/kein Mitspracherecht habenIV. ADJECTIVE▪ the said... der/die/das erwähnte [o genannte]...V. INTERJECTIONI \say, what a splendid hat you're wearing! Donnerwetter, das ist ja ein toller Hut, den du da trägst! fam2. (to show surprise, doubt etc.)\says you! das glaubst aber auch nur du! fam\says who? wer sagt das?* * *[seɪ] vb: pret, ptp said1. TRANSITIVE/INTRANSITIVE VERB1) sagenyou can say what you like (about it/me) — Sie können (darüber/über mich) sagen, was Sie wollen
I never thought I'd hear him say that — ich hätte nie gedacht, dass er das sagen würde
that's not for him to say — es steht ihm nicht zu, sich darüber zu äußern
he looks very smart, I'll say that for him —
if you see her, say I haven't changed my mind — wenn du sie siehst, sag ihr or richte ihr aus, dass ich es mir nicht anders überlegt habe
I'm not saying it's the best, but... — ich sage or behaupte ja nicht, dass es das Beste ist, aber...
never let it be said that I didn't try — es soll keiner sagen können or mir soll keiner nachsagen, ich hätte es nicht versucht
well, all I can say is... — na ja, da kann ich nur sagen...
it tastes, shall we say, interesting — das schmeckt aber, na, sagen wir mal interessant
you'd better do it – who says? —
well, what can I say? — na ja, was kann man da sagen?
what does it mean? – I wouldn't like to say — was bedeutet das? – das kann ich auch nicht sagen
having said that, I must point out... — ich muss allerdings darauf hinweisen...
so saying, he sat down — und mit den Worten setzte er sich
he didn't have much to say for himself — er sagte or redete nicht viel; (in defence) er konnte nicht viel (zu seiner Verteidigung) sagen
if you don't like it, say so —
do it this way – if you say so — machen Sie es so – wenn Sie meinen
2)he said to wait here — er hat gesagt, ich soll/wir sollen etc hier warten3) = announce meldenwho shall I say? — wen darf ich melden?
say after me... — sprechen Sie mir nach...
5) = pronounce aussprechen6) = indicate newspaper, dictionary, clock, horoscope sagen (inf); (thermometer) anzeigen, sagen (inf); (law, church, Bible, computer) sagenit says in the papers that... — in den Zeitungen steht, dass...
what does the paper/this book/your horoscope etc say? — was steht in der Zeitung/diesem Buch/deinem Horoskop etc?
the rules say that... — in den Regeln heißt es, dass...
what does the weather forecast say? — wie ist or lautet (form) der Wetterbericht?
the weather forecast said that... —
what does your watch say? — wie spät ist es auf Ihrer Uhr?, was sagt Ihre Uhr? (inf)
they weren't allowed to say anything about it in the papers — sie durften in den Zeitungen nichts darüber schreiben
7) = tell sagenit's hard to say what's wrong what does that say about his intentions/the main character? — es ist schwer zu sagen, was nicht stimmt was sagt das über seine Absichten/die Hauptperson aus?
that says a lot about his character/state of mind — das lässt tief auf seinen Charakter/Gemütszustand schließen
these figures say a lot about recent trends — diese Zahlen sind in Bezug auf neuere Tendenzen sehr aufschlussreich
that doesn't say much for him —
there's no saying what might happen — was (dann) passiert, das kann keiner vorhersagen
there's something/a lot to be said for being based in London — es spricht einiges/viel für ein Zuhause or (for a firm) für einen Sitz in London
8)= suppose
say it takes three men to... — angenommen, man braucht drei Leute, um zu...if it happens on, say, Wednesday? — wenn es am, sagen wir mal Mittwoch, passiert?
9)what would you say to a whisky/game of tennis? — wie wärs mit einem Whisky/mit einer Partie Tennis?shall we say Tuesday/£50? —
I'll offer £500, what do you say to that? —
what do you say we go now? (inf) — wie wärs or was hieltest du davon, wenn wir jetzt gingen?, was meinst du, sollen wir jetzt gehen?
let's try again, what d'you say? (inf) — was meinste, versuchen wirs noch mal? (inf)
he never says no to a drink — er schlägt einen Drink nie aus, er sagt nie Nein or nein zu einem Drink
10)well, I must say! —I say! (dated) (to attract attention) I say, thanks awfully, old man! (dated) — na so was! hallo! na dann vielen Dank, altes Haus! (dated)
say, what a great idea! (esp US) — Mensch, tolle Idee! (inf)
say, buddy! (esp US) — he, Mann! (inf)
you don't say! (also iro) — nein wirklich?, was du nicht sagst!
says you! (inf) — das meinst auch nur du! (inf)
11)no sooner said than done — gesagt, getan
they say..., it is said... — es heißt...
he is said to be very rich — er soll sehr reich sein, es heißt, er sei sehr reich
a building said to have been built by... — ein Gebäude, das angeblich von... gebaut wurde or das von... gebaut worden sein soll
it goes without saying that... —
that is to say — das heißt; (correcting also) beziehungsweise
that's not to say that... — das soll nicht heißen, dass...
the plan sounded vague, not to say impractical — der Plan klang vage, um nicht zu sagen unpraktisch
to say nothing of the noise/costs etc — von dem Lärm/den Kosten etc ganz zu schweigen or mal ganz abgesehen
to say nothing of being... — davon, dass ich/er etc... ganz zu schweigen or mal ganz abgesehen
2. NOUN1)= opportunity to speak
let him have his say — lass ihn mal reden or seine Meinung äußerneveryone should be allowed to have his say —
2) = right to decide etc Mitspracherecht nt (in bei)to have no/a say in sth —
I want more say in determining... — ich möchte mehr Mitspracherecht bei der Entscheidung... haben
to have the last or final say (in sth) — (etw) letztlich entscheiden; (person also) das letzte Wort (bei etw) haben
* * *say1 [seı]A v/t prät und pperf said [sed], 2. sg präs obs oder BIBEL say(e)st [ˈseı(ə)st], 3. sg präs says [sez], obs oder poet saith [seθ]1. sagen, sprechen:say yes to sth Ja zu etwas sagen;they have little to say to each other sie haben sich wenig zu sagen; → goodby(e) A, jack1 A 1, knife A 12. sagen, äußern, vorbringen, berichten:a) er ist sehr zurückhaltend,b) pej mit ihm ist nicht viel los;have you nothing to say for yourself? hast du nichts zu deiner Rechtfertigung zu sagen?;is that all you’ve got to say? ist das alles, was du zu sagen hast?;the Bible says die Bibel sagt, in der Bibel heißt es oder steht;people ( oder they) say he is ill, he is said to be ill man sagt oder es heißt, er sei krank; er soll krank sein;what do you say to …? was hältst du von …?, wie wäre es mit …?;it says es lautet (Schreiben etc);it says here hier heißt es, hier steht (geschrieben);my watch says 4:30 auf meiner Uhr ist es halb fünf;what does your watch say? wie spät ist es auf deiner Uhr?;you can say that again! das kannst du laut sagen!;3. sagen, behaupten, versprechen:5. (be)sagen, bedeuten:that is to say das heißt;$500, say, five hundred dollars 500$, in Worten: fünfhundert Dollar;(and) that’s saying sth (u.) das will was heißen;that says it all das sagt alles6. umg annehmen:a sum of, say, $500 eine Summe von sagen wir (mal) 500 Dollar;a country, say India ein Land wie (z. B.) Indien;I should say ich würde sagen, ich dächte (schon)B v/i1. sagen, meinen:it is hard to say es ist schwer zu sagen;if you say so wenn du das sagst;you may well say so das kann man wohl sagen;you don’t say (so)! was du nicht sagst!;say, haven’t I …? bes US umg sag mal, hab ich nicht …?;I can’t say das kann ich nicht sagen;says he? umg sagt er?;says who? umg wer sagt das?;says you! sl das sagst du!, denkste!2. I saya) hör(en Sie) mal!, sag(en Sie) mal!,b) (erstaunt od beifällig) Donnerwetter! umg, ich muss schon sagen!C s1. Ausspruch m, Behauptung f:have one’s say seine Meinung äußern (to, on über akk oder zu)2. Mitspracherecht n:have a (no) say in sth etwas (nichts) zu sagen haben bei etwas;let him have his say lass(t) ihn (doch auch mal) reden!who has the say in this matter? wer hat in dieser Sache zu entscheiden oder das letzte Wort (zu sprechen)?say2 [seı] s ein feiner Wollstoff* * *1. transitive verb,1) sagensay something out loud — etwas aussprechen od. laut sagen
what more can I say? — was soll ich da noch [groß] sagen?
it says a lot or much or something for somebody/something that... — es spricht sehr für jemanden/etwas, dass...
have a lot/not much to say for oneself — viel reden/nicht viel von sich geben
to say nothing of — (quite apart from) ganz zu schweigen von; mal ganz abgesehen von
having said that, that said — (nevertheless) abgesehen davon
you can say that again, you said it — (coll.) das kannst du laut sagen (ugs.)
you don't say [so] — (coll.) was du nicht sagst (ugs.)
says you — (coll.) wer's glaubt, wird selig (ugs. scherzh.)
I'll say [it is]! — (coll.): (it certainly is) und wie!
don't let or never let it be said [that]... — niemand soll sagen können, [dass]...
I can't say [that] I like cats/the idea — ich kann nicht gerade sagen od. behaupten, dass ich Katzen mag/die Idee gut finde
[well,] I must say — also, ich muss schon sagen
I should say so/not — ich glaube schon/nicht; (emphatic) bestimmt/bestimmt nicht
there's something to be said on both sides/either side — man kann für beide Seiten/jede Seite Argumente anführen
what do or would you say to somebody/something? — (think about) was hältst du von jemandem/etwas?; was würdest du zu jemandem/etwas sagen?
what I'm trying to say is this — was ich sagen will, ist folgendes
say nothing to somebody — (fig.) [Musik, Kunst:] jemandem nichts bedeuten
which/that is not saying much or a lot — was nicht viel heißen will/das will nicht viel heißen
2) (recite, repeat, speak words of) sprechen [Gebet, Text]; aufsagen [Einmaleins, Gedicht]3) (have specified wording or reading) sagen; [Zeitung:] schreiben; [Uhr:] zeigen [Uhrzeit]the Bible says or it says in the Bible [that]... — in der Bibel heißt es, dass...
a sign saying... — ein Schild mit der Aufschrift...
4) in pass.2. intransitive verb, forms asshe is said to be clever/have done it — man sagt, sie sei klug/habe es getan
1.1) (speak) sagenI say! — (Brit.) (seeking attention) Entschuldigung!; (admiring) Donnerwetter!
2) in imper. (Amer.) Mensch!3. nounhave a or some say — ein Mitspracherecht haben (in bei)
the [final] say — das letzte Wort (in bei)
have one's say — seine Meinung sagen; (chance to speak)
get one's or have a say — zu Wort kommen
* * *v.(§ p.,p.p.: said)= sagen v. -
12 coger
v.1 to take.coger a alguien de la mano to take somebody by the handcoge esta bolsa un momento hold this bag a moment¿puedes coger el teléfono, por favor? could you pick the phone up o answer the phone, please?Ella cogió una rama She caught a branch.Ella cogió impulso para despegar She took impulse to lift off.2 to catch (atrapar) (ladrón, pez, pájaro).¿a que no me coges? bet you can't catch me!Ella cogió un ratón con su ratonera She caught a mouse with her mousetrap.Ella cogió una enfermedad contagiosa She caught a contagious disease.3 to catch up with (alcanzar) (persona, vehículo).4 to pick up (recoger) (objeto caído).se me ha caído el bolígrafo, ¿me lo puedes coger? I've dropped my pen, could you pick it up for me?5 to take (quedarse con) (propina, empleo, piso).llegaremos pronto para coger buen sitio we'll get there early to get a good seat6 to take on (contratar) (personal).7 to take.¿quién me ha cogido el lápiz? who's taken my pencil?te he cogido la calculadora un momento I've just borrowed your calculator for a moment8 to take, to catch.no me gusta coger el avión I don't like flying9 to catch, to get (contraer) (gripe, resfriado).coger una borrachera to get drunkcoger frío to get cold10 to start to feel (sentir) (manía, odio, afecto).coger cariño/miedo a to become fond/scared of11 to knock over, to run over.12 to catch.no cogió el chiste he didn't get the joke13 to get, to receive (sintonizar) (canal, emisora).14 to cover, to take up (abarcar) (espacio).15 to screw, to fuck. ( Latin American Spanish)16 to be.coge muy cerca de aquí it's not very far from here17 to catch on, to understand, to catch.Ella cogió la conversación She caught on the conversation.18 to have.Nos cogió un acceso de tos We had a coughing fit.* * *1 (asir) to seize, take hold of2 (apresar) to capture, catch3 (tomar) to take4 (contratar) to take on5 (tren etc) to catch6 (tomar prestado) to borrow7 (recolectar frutos etc) to pick; (del suelo) to gather8 (enfermedad, balón) to catch9 (acento, costumbres) to pick up10 (velocidad, fuerza) to gather11 (atropellar) to run over, knock down12 (emisora, canal) to pick up, get13 (notas) to take, take down14 (oír) to catch15 (entender) to understand, get16 ESPAÑOL AMERICANO tabú to fuck1 (plantas, colores) to take2 (ir) to turn, take, go1 (pillarse) to catch2 (agarrarse) to hold on\coger algo por los pelos figurado to just make somethingcoger del brazo a alguien to take somebody by the arm, grab somebody by the armcoger cariño a algo/alguien to become fond of something/somebody, take a liking to something/somebodycoger desprevenido,-a figurado to catch unawarescoger miedo a algo to become afraid of somethingcoger por sorpresa to catch by surprisecoger puntos (de media etc) to pick up stitchescoger una borrachera familiar to get drunkcoger una manía a alguien familiar to take a dislike to somebodycoger y... familiar to up and..., go and...cogerse un cabreo familiar to get very angryno hay por dónde cogerlo he hasn't got a leg to stand on* * *verb1) to take2) seize3) catch4) gather5) pick* * *Para las expresiones coger desprevenido, coger in fraganti, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) (=con la mano)a) (=tomar) to take¿puedo coger este? — can I take this one?
•
coger a algn de la [mano] — to take sb by the handir cogidos de la mano — to walk along holding hands {o} hand in hand
b) (=levantar) to pick upcoge al niño, que está llorando — pick up the baby, he's crying
c) [con fuerza] to graspd) (=sostener) to hold2) (=escoger) to pickcoge el que más te guste — take {o} pick the one you like best
3) [+ flor, fruta] to pick4) (=quitar) [gen] to take; (=pedir prestado) to borrow¿quién ha cogido el periódico? — who's taken the newspaper?
¿te puedo coger el bolígrafo? — can I borrow your pen?
te he cogido la regla — I've borrowed your ruler, I've pinched your ruler *
5) (=apuntar) to take (down)6) esp Esp (=conseguir) to get¿nos coges dos entradas? — would you get us two tickets?
•
coger [hora] para el dentista/en la peluquería — to make an appointment to see {o} with the dentist/at the hairdresser's7) (=adquirir)a) [+ enfermedad] to catchel niño cogió sarampión — the child got {o} caught measles
•
coger [frío] — to get cold•
ha cogido una [insolación] — she's got sunstrokeb) [+ costumbre, hábito] to get into; [+ acento] to pick upc) [+ fuerzas] to gather; [+ velocidad] to gather, pick up8) (=atrapar)a) esp Esp [+ persona, pez, balón] to catch¡coge la pelota! — catch the ball!
¡por fin te he cogido! — caught you at last!
d) (Mil) to take prisoner, capturehan cogido a quince soldados — fifteen soldiers have been taken prisoner {o} have been captured
9) esp Esp (=sorprender) to catchcoger a algn en una mentira — to catch sb lying, catch sb in a lie
la guerra nos cogió en Francia — the war found {o} caught us in France
antes que nos coja la noche — before night overtakes us {o} comes down on us
10) (=empezar a sentir)•
coger [aversión] a algo — to take a strong dislike to sth•
coger [cariño] a algn — to grow {o} become fond of sb, become attached to sb•
coger [celos] de algn — to become jealous of sb11) (=tomarse) to take¿vas a coger fiesta mañana? — are you going to take tomorrow off?, are you going to take the day off tomorrow?
12) (=entender) [+ sentido, giro] to get¿no has cogido el chiste? — don't you get the joke?
13) esp Esp (=aceptar) [+ empleados, trabajo] to take on; [+ alumnos] to take in; [+ pacientes] [en hospital] to take in; [en consultorio] to take on14) (=alquilar) to take, rentcogimos un apartamento — we took {o} rented an apartment
15) (=viajar en) [+ tren, avión, autobús] to takevamos a coger el tren — let's take {o} get the train
16) (=ir por) to take17) (=recibir) [+ emisora, canal] to pick up, getcon esta radio cogemos Radio Praga — we can pick up {o} get Radio Prague on this set
18) (=retener) [+ polvo] to gather, collectesta moqueta coge mucho polvo — this carpet gathers {o} collects a lot of dust
los perros cogen pulgas — dogs get {o} catch fleas
19) (=aprender) to pick up20) (=incorporarse a)2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=estar) to be¿coge muy lejos de aquí? — is it very far from here?
2) (=ir)•
coger [por], cogió por esta calle — he went down this street3) Esp * (=caber) to fitaquí no coge — there's no room for it here, it doesn't fit (in) here
4) [planta] to take6)- cogió y se fue3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1) (esp Esp)a) ( tomar) to takecoge un folleto — pick up o take a leaflet
esto no hay or no tiene por donde cogerlo — (fam) I just don't know where to start with this
b) ( quitar) (+ me/te/le etc) to takec) <flores/fruta> to pick; < levantar> to pick upcoger a alguien en autostop — (Esp) to pick up a hitchhiker
no cogen el teléfono — (Esp) they're not answering the phone
2) (esp Esp) (alcanzar, atrapar)a) <ladrón/terrorista> to catchb) < pelota> to catchc) <pescado/liebre> to catchd) toro to gore3) (esp Esp)a) ( descubrir) to catchlo cogieron in fraganti/robando — he was caught red-handed/stealing
b) ( encontrar) to catch4)a) <tren/autobús/taxi> to catch, takeb) <calle/camino> to take5) (Esp fam)a) (sacar, obtener) <billete/entrada> to getb) ( traer)vete a coger el coche — go and get o bring the car
c) ( ocupar)coge la vez en la cola — take your turn in the line (AmE) o (BrE) queue
6) (Esp)a) ( aceptar) <dinero/trabajo/casa> to takeb) ( admitir) to takec) ( atender)7) (esp Esp) ( adquirir)a) < enfermedad> to catch; < insolación> to getcogí una borrachera — I got plastered (colloq)
b) <polvo/suciedad> to collect, gathercoger algo de color — ( broncearse) to get a bit of color
cogerla con alguien — to take it out on somebody
cogerla por hacer algo — (Ven fam) to take to doing something
8) (esp Esp) ( captar)a) <sentido/significado> to getb) < emisora> to pick up, get9) (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg) to screw (vulg), to fuck (vulg)2.coger vi1) (esp Esp) planta to take; tinte/permanente to take2)a) (esp Esp)cojo/cogió y... — (fam)
si empiezas con eso cojo y me voy — if you're going to start talking about that, I'm off o (AmE) I'm taking off (colloq)
b) (esp Esp) ( por un camino)coge por esta calle y... — take this street and...
c) (Esp fam) ( caber) to fit3) (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg) to screw (vulg), to fuck (vulg)3.cogerse v pron (esp Esp)a) (agarrarse, sujetarse) to hold onb) (recípr)* * *= pick up, seize, take, trap, brace, catch, grab, pick, entrap, hop on, pull from, pull off, reach out, grasp.Ex. Then these suggestion can be picked up by the editor, and communicated to the author.Ex. A vague sensation of apprehension seized the newly appointed personnel officer as she knocked on the director's door.Ex. If we take Cindi, Albert will almost surely grieve.Ex. If the borrower being processed has been set to be trapped, DOBIS/LIBIS displays the message: 'You have trapped a borrower'.Ex. The cheeks were braced from their tops to the ceiling, to prevent the press from twisting or shifting about in use.Ex. 'And of course,' said the director, brightening as his idea gave birth to another one in her mind, 'it will be interesting to know how efficient electronic systems are at catching thieves'.Ex. If we move fast, we can grab the space for the library.Ex. The network itself is assumed to be unreliable; any portion of the network could disappear at any moment ( pick your favorite catastrophe -- these days backhoes cutting cables are more of a threat than bombs).Ex. Librarians have been known to devote time to entrap and arrest individuals who use the library toilets for sexual purposes = Hay casos de bibliotecarios que han dedicado tiempo a atrapar y detener a individuos que utilizan los servicios de la biblioteca con fines sexuales.Ex. The article ' Hop on the Internet, it's time' provides a general discussion of the advantages to be gained by using the Internet.Ex. The data is pulled directly from all the bibliographic data bases on DIALOG that have a JN field.Ex. One of its main advantages is the potential to pull off descriptive entries onto disc to create annotated booklists.Ex. The three monkeys used in this study chose the left arm as the leading arm to reach out and pull back a spring-loaded drawer containing a food morsel.Ex. A mouse is commonly moved or lifted from its cage by grasping the base of the tail.----* coger a Alguien con las manos en la masa = catch + Nombre + red-handed, catch + Nombre + in the act.* coger a Alguien desprevenido = catch + Nombre + off-guard, catch + Nombre + napping, catch + Nombre + flat-footed.* coger a Alguien in fraganti = catch + Nombre + red-handed, catch + Nombre + in the act.* coger a Alguien por sorpresa = catch + Nombre + off-guard, catch + Nombre + napping, catch + Nombre + flat-footed.* coger cariño a = grow + fond of.* coger con chinchetas = thumbtack.* coger de la mano = hold + Posesivo + hand.* coger desprevenido = come as + a great surprise, catch + unprepared, take + Nombre + unawares.* coger el avión = jet off.* coger el toro por los cuernos = seize + the bull by the horns, take + the bull by the horns, grasp + the nettle, face + Posesivo + fears.* coger la mano = take + Posesivo + hand.* coger las tetas = breast grabbing.* cogerle el gusto a = acquire + a taste for, develop + a taste for.* cogerle el truco a Algo = get + the hang of.* coger miedo = scare + Reflexivo.* coger peso = put on + weight, gain + weight.* coger por sorpresa = come as + a great surprise, catch out, blindside, take + Nombre + unawares.* coger rápidamente = snatch up.* cogerse = snag.* cogerse de la mano = hold + hands.* cogerse la mano = join + hands.* coger una indirecta = take + a hint, get + a hint.* coger un enfriamiento = catch + a chill.* coger un resfriado de muerte = catch + Posesivo + death (of cold).* coger un taxi = take + a taxi.* extender la mano para coger algo = hand + reach for.* intentar coger = reach for.* no coger Algo = go (way) over + Posesivo + head.* no coger por sorpresa = come as + no surprise.* * *1.verbo transitivo1) (esp Esp)a) ( tomar) to takecoge un folleto — pick up o take a leaflet
esto no hay or no tiene por donde cogerlo — (fam) I just don't know where to start with this
b) ( quitar) (+ me/te/le etc) to takec) <flores/fruta> to pick; < levantar> to pick upcoger a alguien en autostop — (Esp) to pick up a hitchhiker
no cogen el teléfono — (Esp) they're not answering the phone
2) (esp Esp) (alcanzar, atrapar)a) <ladrón/terrorista> to catchb) < pelota> to catchc) <pescado/liebre> to catchd) toro to gore3) (esp Esp)a) ( descubrir) to catchlo cogieron in fraganti/robando — he was caught red-handed/stealing
b) ( encontrar) to catch4)a) <tren/autobús/taxi> to catch, takeb) <calle/camino> to take5) (Esp fam)a) (sacar, obtener) <billete/entrada> to getb) ( traer)vete a coger el coche — go and get o bring the car
c) ( ocupar)coge la vez en la cola — take your turn in the line (AmE) o (BrE) queue
6) (Esp)a) ( aceptar) <dinero/trabajo/casa> to takeb) ( admitir) to takec) ( atender)7) (esp Esp) ( adquirir)a) < enfermedad> to catch; < insolación> to getcogí una borrachera — I got plastered (colloq)
b) <polvo/suciedad> to collect, gathercoger algo de color — ( broncearse) to get a bit of color
cogerla con alguien — to take it out on somebody
cogerla por hacer algo — (Ven fam) to take to doing something
8) (esp Esp) ( captar)a) <sentido/significado> to getb) < emisora> to pick up, get9) (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg) to screw (vulg), to fuck (vulg)2.coger vi1) (esp Esp) planta to take; tinte/permanente to take2)a) (esp Esp)cojo/cogió y... — (fam)
si empiezas con eso cojo y me voy — if you're going to start talking about that, I'm off o (AmE) I'm taking off (colloq)
b) (esp Esp) ( por un camino)coge por esta calle y... — take this street and...
c) (Esp fam) ( caber) to fit3) (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg) to screw (vulg), to fuck (vulg)3.cogerse v pron (esp Esp)a) (agarrarse, sujetarse) to hold onb) (recípr)* * *= pick up, seize, take, trap, brace, catch, grab, pick, entrap, hop on, pull from, pull off, reach out, grasp.Ex: Then these suggestion can be picked up by the editor, and communicated to the author.
Ex: A vague sensation of apprehension seized the newly appointed personnel officer as she knocked on the director's door.Ex: If we take Cindi, Albert will almost surely grieve.Ex: If the borrower being processed has been set to be trapped, DOBIS/LIBIS displays the message: 'You have trapped a borrower'.Ex: The cheeks were braced from their tops to the ceiling, to prevent the press from twisting or shifting about in use.Ex: 'And of course,' said the director, brightening as his idea gave birth to another one in her mind, 'it will be interesting to know how efficient electronic systems are at catching thieves'.Ex: If we move fast, we can grab the space for the library.Ex: The network itself is assumed to be unreliable; any portion of the network could disappear at any moment ( pick your favorite catastrophe -- these days backhoes cutting cables are more of a threat than bombs).Ex: Librarians have been known to devote time to entrap and arrest individuals who use the library toilets for sexual purposes = Hay casos de bibliotecarios que han dedicado tiempo a atrapar y detener a individuos que utilizan los servicios de la biblioteca con fines sexuales.Ex: The article ' Hop on the Internet, it's time' provides a general discussion of the advantages to be gained by using the Internet.Ex: The data is pulled directly from all the bibliographic data bases on DIALOG that have a JN field.Ex: One of its main advantages is the potential to pull off descriptive entries onto disc to create annotated booklists.Ex: The three monkeys used in this study chose the left arm as the leading arm to reach out and pull back a spring-loaded drawer containing a food morsel.Ex: A mouse is commonly moved or lifted from its cage by grasping the base of the tail.* coger a Alguien con las manos en la masa = catch + Nombre + red-handed, catch + Nombre + in the act.* coger a Alguien desprevenido = catch + Nombre + off-guard, catch + Nombre + napping, catch + Nombre + flat-footed.* coger a Alguien in fraganti = catch + Nombre + red-handed, catch + Nombre + in the act.* coger a Alguien por sorpresa = catch + Nombre + off-guard, catch + Nombre + napping, catch + Nombre + flat-footed.* coger cariño a = grow + fond of.* coger con chinchetas = thumbtack.* coger de la mano = hold + Posesivo + hand.* coger desprevenido = come as + a great surprise, catch + unprepared, take + Nombre + unawares.* coger el avión = jet off.* coger el toro por los cuernos = seize + the bull by the horns, take + the bull by the horns, grasp + the nettle, face + Posesivo + fears.* coger la mano = take + Posesivo + hand.* coger las tetas = breast grabbing.* cogerle el gusto a = acquire + a taste for, develop + a taste for.* cogerle el truco a Algo = get + the hang of.* coger miedo = scare + Reflexivo.* coger peso = put on + weight, gain + weight.* coger por sorpresa = come as + a great surprise, catch out, blindside, take + Nombre + unawares.* coger rápidamente = snatch up.* cogerse = snag.* cogerse de la mano = hold + hands.* cogerse la mano = join + hands.* coger una indirecta = take + a hint, get + a hint.* coger un enfriamiento = catch + a chill.* coger un resfriado de muerte = catch + Posesivo + death (of cold).* coger un taxi = take + a taxi.* extender la mano para coger algo = hand + reach for.* intentar coger = reach for.* no coger Algo = go (way) over + Posesivo + head.* no coger por sorpresa = come as + no surprise.* * *coger [E6 ]vtA1 (tomar) to takecoge lo que quieras take what you likea la salida coge un folleto pick up o take a leaflet on the way outlo cogió del brazo she took him by the armno ha cogido una brocha en su vida she's never used o picked up a paintbrush in her lifeesto no hay or no tiene por donde cogerlo ( fam); I just don't know where to start with this, I can't make head or tail of this ( colloq)2 (quitar) (+ me/te/le etc) to takesiempre me está cogiendo los lápices she's always taking my pencils3 (recoger) to pick up; ‹flores/moras/uvas› to pickcoge esa revista del suelo pick that magazine up off the floor¿quién ha cogido el dinero que dejé aquí? who's taken the money I left here?cogió sus cosas y se largó she got her things together o picked up her things and leftcoger los puntos pick up the stitchescogió al niño en brazos she picked the child up in her armsno cogen el teléfono they're not answering the phoneB (alcanzar, atrapar)1 ( esp Esp) ‹ladrón/terrorista› to catchcomo te coja, ya verás you'll be sorry if I catch you2 ‹pelota› to catch3 ‹pescado› to catch; ‹liebres/faisanes› to catch, bag4 ( esp Esp) «toro» to gore; «coche» to knock … downC1 ( esp Esp) (descubrir) to catchlo cogieron in fraganti/robando he was caught red-handed/stealinglos cogieron con 100 gramos de cocaína they were caught with 100 grams of cocaine2 (encontrar) ( esp Esp) to catchno quiero que me coja la noche en la carretera I don't want to be driving when it gets darkla noticia nos cogió en París we were in Paris when we got the newsme cogió de buenas/malas she caught me in a good/bad moodnos cogió desprevenidos it took us by surprise, it caught us unawaresD1 ‹tren/autobús/taxi› to catch, takeno me apetece coger el coche I don't feel like taking the carhace años que no cojo un coche I haven't driven for years2 ‹calle/camino› to takecoge la primera a la derecha take the first rightEtengo que coger hora para ir al médico I have to make an appointment to see the doctor2(ocupar): ve pronto y coge sitio get there early and save a placecogió la delantera he took the lead1 ‹dinero/propina› to take2 ‹trabajo/casa› to takecogió una casa en las afueras she took a house in the outskirtsno puedo coger más clases I can't take on any more classes3( Esp) (admitir, atender): ya no cogen más niños en ese colegio they're not taking any more children at that school nowestuvimos haciendo autostop durante horas hasta que nos cogieron we were hitching for hours before someone picked us upno pudieron cogerme en la peluquería, they couldn't fit me in at the hairdresser'sentrevistó a cinco personas, pero no cogió a ninguno she interviewed five people, but she didn't give the job to any of them o she didn't take any of them on1 ‹enfermedad› to catch; ‹insolación› to getvas a coger frío you'll catch cold2 ‹borrachera/berrinche›cogí una borrachera I got plastered ( colloq)cogió un berrinche she had a temper tantrum3 ‹polvo/suciedad› to collect, gathercon dos días en la playa ya cojo algo de color it only takes me a couple of days on the beach to start to tan o to get a bit of colorlos tejidos sintéticos no cogen bien el tinte synthetic fabrics don't dye well4 ‹costumbre/vicio/acento› to pick up; ‹ritmo› to get intole cogí cariño I got quite fond of himsi le gritas te va a coger manía if you shout at him he'll take against youcogerla con algn to take it out on sbC (captar)1 ‹sentido/significado› to getno cogió el chiste/la indirecta he didn't get the joke/take the hint2 ‹emisora› to pick up, get3 ‹programa/frase› to catchcogí el programa por la mitad I only caught the second half of the program4 ‹apuntes/notas› to takele cogió las medidas para el vestido she measured her o took her measurements for the dress■ cogerviA1 «planta» to take2 «tinte/permanente» to takeel tinte no cogió the dye didn't takeB1coge/cogió y … ( fam): si empiezas con ese tema cojo y me voy if you're going to start talking about that, I'm off o ( AmE) I'm taking off ( colloq)de repente cogió y se fue suddenly he upped and went ( colloq)cogió y se puso a llorar she (suddenly) burst into tears2(por un camino): cogieron por el camino más corto they took the shortest routecoge por esta calle go down this street■ cogerse1 (agarrarse, sujetarse) to hold oncógete de la barandilla hold on to the railing2 ( recípr):iban cogidos de la mano they were walking along hand in hand* * *
coger ( conjugate coger) verbo transitivo
1 (esp Esp)
coge un folleto pick up o take a leaflet
no cogen el teléfono (Esp) they're not answering the phone
2 ( atrapar) (esp Esp)
3
4 (Esp fam)
coger sitio to save a place
5 (esp Esp) ( adquirir)
‹ insolación› to get;
‹costumbre/vicio› to pick up;
6 (esp Esp) ( captar)
7 (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg) to screw (vulg), to fuck (vulg)
verbo intransitivo
1 (esp Esp) [ planta] to take;
[tinte/permanente] to take
2 (Méx, RPl, Ven vulg) to screw (vulg), to fuck (vulg)
cogerse verbo pronominal (esp Esp)
b) ( recípr):
coger
I verbo transitivo
1 to take
(agarrar) to seize: me cogió del brazo, he seized me by the arm
(sostener) to hold: cógeme el bolso un momento, por favor, please hold my bag for a moment
2 (un medio de transporte) to take, catch
(una pelota, un resfriado, a alguien que huye, a alguien haciendo algo) to catch: ¡te cogí!, I caught you!
3 (recoger del suelo) to pick (up)
(una cosecha, flores, ropa tendida) to pick
4 (un hábito) to pick up
(velocidad, impulso) to gather
5 (entender el sentido de algo) to grasp: no lo cojo, I don't understand it
6 (atropellar) to run over, knock down
7 LAm vulgar to fuck
II verbo intransitivo familiar
1 (caber) to fit
2 (para indicar inicio de acción) cogió y se puso a cantar, he went and started singing
♦ Locuciones: ¡Dios me/te/le... coja confesado!, Lord help us!
no hay por donde cogerlo, awful, third-rate
' coger' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acostumbrada
- acostumbrado
- agarrar
- alcanzar
- anillo
- atajo
- baja
- banda
- calle
- camino
- debajo
- despechugada
- despechugado
- desprevenida
- desprevenido
- embalarse
- empuñar
- enfriarse
- horizontal
- ligar
- mona
- prestar
- separarse
- soler
- sorprender
- sujetar
- timón
- tomar
- toro
- turca
- volante
- carrerilla
- catarro
- frío
- mano
- perra
- sorpresa
- tren
- trompa
English:
act
- bend
- bypass
- catch
- catch out
- catch up
- cotton
- end
- entrap
- gather
- get
- go down with
- hold
- hook
- hop
- lasso
- luckily
- nail
- observe
- opt
- pants
- pick
- pluck
- reach
- red-handed
- stick
- take
- take to
- tape
- train
- trip up
- umbrella
- unawares
- answer
- fuck
- hint
- knack
- latch
- nab
- prisoner
- red
- surprise
- up
* * *coger Although the word coger is accepted in educated use throughout Latin America, in many places its principal meaning is the taboo sense indicated at 21. For this reason it tends to be avoided in other contexts, and is usually replaced by agarrar.♦ vt1. [tomar, agarrar] to take;coger a alguien de la mano to take sb by the hand;pasear cogidos de la mano to walk hand in hand;coger a alguien en brazos to take sb in one's arms;coge la tetera por el asa take o hold the teapot by the handle;coge esta bolsa un momento hold this bag a moment;¿puedes coger el teléfono, por favor? could you pick the phone up o answer the phone, please?;Faméste no ha cogido un libro en su vida he's never picked up a book in his life;Famno haber por dónde cogerlo: esta película no hay por dónde cogerla I couldn't make head or tail of this movie o Br film;tu hermano es muy raro, no hay por dónde cogerlo your brother's very strange, it's hard to know what to make of him;se sabe todas las respuestas, no hay por dónde cogerlo he knows all the answers, it's impossible to catch him out2. [quitar] to take;coger algo a alguien to take sth from sb;¿quién me ha cogido el lápiz? who's taken my pencil?;te he cogido la calculadora un momento I've just borrowed your calculator for a moment3. [recoger] [objeto caído] to pick up;[frutos, flores] to pick;se me ha caído el bolígrafo, ¿me lo puedes coger? I've dropped my pen, could you pick it up for me?;nos gusta mucho coger setas we really enjoy picking mushrooms o going mushrooming;cogimos a un autoestopista muy simpático we picked up a very friendly hitchhiker4. [atrapar] [ladrón, pez, pájaro, pelota] to catch;¿a que no me coges? bet you can't catch me!;Fam¡si te cojo, te la cargas! if I catch you, you'll be in for it!coger a alguien desprevenido to take sb by surprise;coger a alguien in fraganti to catch sb red-handed o in the act;la tormenta me cogió cerca de casa the storm broke when I was nearly home;el terremoto nos cogió en la capital the earthquake happened while we were in the capital;lo cogí de buen humor I caught him in a good mood6. [alcanzar] [persona, vehículo] to catch up with;aceleró para coger al corredor que llevaba delante she ran faster to try and catch up with the runner in front of her;cogió la delantera tras la segunda vuelta she went into o took the lead after the second lap7. [tren, autobús] to take, to catch;no me gusta coger el avión I don't like flying;prefiero coger el coche I'd rather drive8. [sacar, obtener] to get;he cogido hora con el dentista I've made an appointment with the dentist;¿has cogido las entradas? have you got the tickets?9. [quedarse con] [propina, empleo, apartamento] to take;ha cogido un trabajo de mecanógrafo he has taken a job as a typist;llegaremos pronto para coger buen sitio we'll get there early to get a good seat;están tan ocupados que ya no cogen más encargos they're so busy they've stopped taking on o accepting orders10. [contratar, admitir] [personal] to take on;hemos cogido a una secretaria nueva we've taken on a new secretary;el colegio ya no coge más alumnos para este curso the school has stopped taking pupils for this year11. [contraer] [gripe, resfriado] to catch, to get;coger frío to get cold;coger una insolación to get sunstroke;coger el sarampión to get o catch (the) measles;coger una borrachera to get drunk;coger un berrinche to throw a tantrum12. [absorber] to absorb, to soak up;este tipo de esponja coge mucha agua this type of sponge absorbs a lot of water;esta mesa coge mucho polvo al lado de la ventana this table gets very dusty o gathers a lot of dust next to the window13. [empezar a sentir] [odio, afecto] to start to feel;coger cariño/miedo a to become fond/scared of14. [adquirir] [costumbre, vicio, acento] to pick up;los hijos cogen los hábitos de los padres children pick up the habits of their parents;ha cogido la costumbre de cantar por las mañanas she has taken to singing in the mornings;Fam Famcogerla con alguien: la ha cogido con nosotros, y no deja de molestarnos she's got it in for us and never leaves us alone15. [sintonizar] [canal, emisora] to get, to receive16. [entender] to get;[oír] to catch;¿coges lo que te digo? do you get o understand what I'm saying to you?;no cogió la indirecta she didn't take the hint;no cogió el chiste he didn't get the joke;cogí su comentario a mitad I only half heard what she said, I only caught half of what she saidcoger velocidad to gather o gain speed18. [sujeto: vehículo] to knock over, to run over;[sujeto: toro] to gore;me cogió un coche, y ando con muletas I was run over o hit by a car, and I'm on crutches now;le cogió un toro he was gored by a bull19. [abarcar] [espacio] to cover, to take up;estas oficinas cogen tres plantas del edificio these offices take up o occupy three floors of the building20. [elegir] to choose;cogió un mal momento para anunciar el resultado she chose a bad moment to announce the resultcoger a alguien to screw o fuck sb♦ vi1. [situarse] to be;coge muy cerca de aquí it's not very far from here2. [dirigirse]coger a la derecha/la izquierda to turn right/left;coge por la calle de la iglesia take the church road3. [enraizar] to take;los rosales han cogido the roses have taken4. [contestar al teléfono] to answer;llevo un rato llamando, pero no cogen I've been calling for a while now, but there's no answer o they don't answerde pronto cogió y me insultó he turned round and insulted me;si seguimos así, cojo y me marcho if we carry on like this, I'm offcoger con alguien to screw o fuck sb* * *I v/t2 L.Am. vulgscrew vulg3 ladrón, enfermedad catch4 TRANSP catch, take;coger el tren/bus catch the train/bus5 ( entender) getII v/i2 L.Am. vulgscrew vulg4:coger por la primera a la derecha take the first right* * *coger {15} vt1) : to seize, to take hold of2) : to catch3) : to pick up4) : to gather, to pick5) : to gore* * *coger vb¿quién ha cogido mi libro? who's taken my book?quiero coger el tren de las 10.30 I want to catch the 10.30 train¿a que no me coges? I bet you can't catch me3. (entender) to get4. (fruta, flor) to pick5. (emisora, canal) to pick up6. (tomar prestado) to borrowte cojo el diccionario, ¿vale? I'm just borrowing your dictionary, OK?te llevo a tu casa, me coge de camino I'll take you home, it's on my way -
13 say
[seɪ] vt <said, said>1)( utter)to \say sth etw sagen;how do you \say your name in Japanese? wie spricht man deinen Namen auf Japanisch aus?;I'm sorry, what did you \say? Entschuldigung, was hast du gesagt?;to \say sth to sb's face jdm etw ins Gesicht sagen;when all is said and done letzten Endes;when all is said and done, you can only do your best letzten Endes kann man sich nur bemühen, sein Bestes zu geben2) ( state)to \say sth etw sagen;what did they \say about the house? was haben sie über das Haus gesagt?;what did you \say to him? was hast du ihm gesagt?;‘the department manager is at lunch,’ he said apologetically „der Abteilungsleiter ist beim Mittagessen“, meinte er bedauernd;another cup of tea? - I wouldn't \say no ( fam) noch eine Tasse Tee? - da würde ich nicht Nein sagen;to \say goodbye to sb jdm auf Wiedersehen sagen, sich akk von jdm verabschieden;if Europe fails to agree on this, we can \say goodbye to any common foreign policy ( fam) wenn Europa sich hierauf nicht einigen kann, können wir jegliche gemeinsame Außenpolitik vergessen;to \say the least um es [einmal] milde auszudrücken;he's rather unreliable to \say the least er ist ziemlich unzuverlässig, und das ist noch schmeichelhaft ausgedrückt;I've got something to \say to you ich muss Ihnen etwas sagen;to \say yes/ no to sth etw annehmen/ablehnen;having said that,... abgesehen davon...3) ( put into words)to \say sth etw sagen;what are you \saying, exactly? was willst du eigentlich sagen?;that was well said das war gut gesagt (sl);\say what? echt? ( fam)he talked for nearly an hour, but actually he said very little er redete beinahe eine Stunde lang, aber eigentlich sagte er sehr wenig;needless to \say [that] he disagreed with all the suggestions, as usual natürlich war er, wie immer, mit keinem der Vorschläge einverstanden;to have a lot/nothing to \say for oneself viel/nicht viel reden;what have you got to \say for yourself? was hast du zu deiner Rechtfertigung zu sagen?;\say no more! alles klar!;to \say nothing of sth ganz zu schweigen von etw dat;it would be an enormous amount of work, to \say nothing of the cost es wäre ein enormer Arbeitsaufwand, ganz abgesehen von den Kosten4) ( think)it is said [that] he's over 100 er soll über 100 Jahre alt sein;she is a firm leader, too firm, some might \say sie ist eine strenge Führungskraft, zu streng, wie manche vielleicht sagen würden;\say what you like, I still can't believe it du kannst sagen, was du willst, aber ich kann es noch immer nicht glauben;to \say sth to oneself sich dat etw sagen;she said to herself, ‘what a fool I am!’ „was bin ich doch für eine Idiotin“, sagte sie zu sich selbst5) ( recite aloud)to \say sth etw aufsagen;to \say a prayer ein Gebet sprechen6) ( give information)to \say sth etw sagen;the sign \says... auf dem Schild steht...;can you read what that notice \says? kannst du lesen, was auf der Mitteilung steht?;it \says on the bottle to take three tablets a day auf der Flasche heißt es, man soll drei Tabletten täglich einnehmen;my watch \says 3 o'clock auf meiner Uhr ist es 3 [Uhr]7) ( indicate)the way he drives \says a lot about his character sein Fahrstil sagt eine Menge über seinen Charakter aus;to \say something for sb/ sth für jdn/etw sprechen;it \says a lot for her determination that she practises her cello so often dass sie so oft Cello übt, zeigt ihre Entschlossenheit;there's a lot to be said for living alone es spricht viel dafür, alleine zu lebento \say sth etw ausdrücken;the look on his face said he knew what had happened der Ausdruck auf seinem Gesicht machte deutlich, dass er wusste, was geschehen war;the expression on her face when she saw them said it all ihr Gesichtsausdruck, als sie sie sah, sagte allesto \say sth etw vorschlagen;I \say we start looking for a hotel now ich schlage vor, wir suchen uns jetzt ein Hotel;what do you \say we sell the car? was hältst du davon, wenn wir das Auto verkaufen?10) (tell, command)to \say when/where etc. sagen, wann/wo usw.;he said to meet him here er sagte, dass wir ihn hier treffen sollen;she said to call her back when you get home sie sagte, du sollst sie zurückrufen, wenn du wieder zu Hause bist;to \say when sagen, wenn es genug ist [o reicht];11) ( for instance)[let's] \say... sagen wir [mal]...;( assuming) nehmen wir an, angenommen;try and finish the work by, let's \say, Friday versuchen Sie die Arbeit bis, sagen wir mal, Freitag fertig zu machen;[let's] \say [that] the journey takes three hours, that means you'll arrive at 2 o'clock angenommen die Reise dauert drei Stunden, das heißt, du kommst um 2 Uhr anPHRASES:to \say amen to sth Amen zu etw dat sagen;I'll \say amen to that ich bin dafür;to \say cheese ‚cheese‘ sagen;he's so shy he couldn't \say boo to a goose er ist so schüchtern, er könnte keiner Fliege etwas zuleide tun;before sb could \say Jack Robinson bevor jd bis drei zählen konnte;to \say the word Bescheid geben;just \say the word, and I'll come and help sag nur ein Wort und ich komme zu Hilfe;you don't \say [so]! was du nicht sagst!;1) ( state) sagen;where was he going? - he didn't \say wo wollte er hin? - das hat er nicht gesagt;is it possible? - who can \say? ist das möglich? - wer kann das schon sagen?;I appreciate the gesture more than I can \say ich kann gar nicht sagen, wie ich die Geste schätze;I can't \say for certain, but... ich kann es nicht mit Sicherheit behaupten, aber...;hard to \say schwer zu sagen;I can't \say das kann ich nicht sagen [o weiß ich nicht];it's not for sb to \say es ist nicht an jdm, etw zu sagen;I think we should delay the introduction, but of course it's not for me to \say ich denke, wir sollten die Einführung hinausschieben, aber es steht mir natürlich nicht zu, das zu entscheiden;not to \say... um nicht zu sagen...2) ( believe) sagen;is Spanish a difficult language to learn? - they \say not ist Spanisch schwer zu lernen? - angeblich nicht3) ( to be explicit)... that is to \say...... das heißt...;our friends, that is to \say our son's friends, will meet us at the airport unsere Freunde, genauer gesagt, die Freunde unseres Sohnes, werden uns am Flughafen treffen;that is not to \say das soll nicht heißen;he's so gullible, but that is not to \say that he is stupid er ist so leichtgläubig, aber das soll nicht heißen, dass er dumm istPHRASES:no pl Meinung f;to have one's \say seine Meinung sagen;can't you keep quiet for a minute and let me have my \say? könnt ihr mal eine Minute ruhig sein, damit ich auch mal zu Wort kommen kann? ( fam)attr, inv ( form);\say, how about going out tonight? sag mal, was hältst du davon, wenn wir heute Abend ausgehen? ( fam)I \say, what a splendid hat you're wearing! Donnerwetter, das ist ja ein toller Hut, den du da trägst! ( fam)2) (to show surprise, doubt etc)\says you! das glaubst aber auch nur du! ( fam)\says who? wer sagt das?\say, that's really a great idea! Mensch, das ist ja echt eine tolle Idee! ( fam) -
14 coup
n. m. When one takes a broad look at the word coup, it soon becomes obvious that its many diverse uses and combined expressions come under three main categories.(A): Blow (in the literal and figurative).1. En venir aux coups: To come to blows.2. Coup de boule: 'Head-butt', blow inflicted with the head in opponent's belly.3. Le coup du lapin: Blow on the back of the neck.4. Coup de Jarnac: Treacherous blow, disloyal attack.5. Le coup du père François: Strangulation.6. Coup de Trafalgar: Disastrous turn of events.7. Coup de châsse: 'Quick butchers', peep, quick look.8. Coup de filet: Dragnet, police raid.10. Coup de torchon: 'Barney', heated argument.11. Tirer un coup: To fuck, to 'screw', to have intercourse. Coup de Bourse (joc.): Intercourse. (The pun here is on the word Bourse meaning both the Stock Exchange and testicle; the standard non-colloquial expression denotes a successful flutter on the Stock Exchange.)12. Coup de fil: 'Buzz', 'ring', telephone call.13. Coup dur: Serious setback. La vie pour lui a été une succession de coups durs: It's just been one blow after another for him all his life.15. Faire les quatre cents coups: To 'burn the candle at both ends', to lead a fast life.(B): Dose, measure, quantity.1. Boire un coup: To have a drink.2. En avoir un coup (also: avoir un coup dans l'aile): To be 'squiffy', 'tipsy', to be slightly drunk.3. En mettre un coup (of work): To 'do one's darnedest', to 'put one's back into it', to make an extra effort.4. Tenir le coup: To stand the pace, to weather the storm. Il n'a qu'à tenir le coup comme les autres: He'll just have to grin and bear it like the rest of us.5. Faire quelque chose en trois coups de cuiller a pot: To do something 'in two shakes of a lamb's tail', double-quick.6. Ne pas en ficher un coup: To do 'fuck-all', to be darned lazy.7. Coup de pot: Stroke of luck.8. Prendre un coup de vieux: To age considerably over a short period of time.9. Coup de fusil (at restaurant): Exorbitant bill. On a eu droit à un de ces coups de fusil carabinés: The bill we got looked like the balance of payments deficit!10. Coup de pouce: Help, assistance. Donner un coup de pouce a quelqu'un: To give someone a shove in the right direction. (C): Knack, trick.11. Avoir le coup: To have the knack. Il a le coup pour draguer les nanas! He certainly knows how to pull the birds!12. Etre au coup: To 'know the score', to 'know the ropes', to be familiar with the workings of something.13. Etre dans le coup: To be 'in on something', to be involved in something.14. Expliquer le coup (to accomplices): To divulge the plan.15. Faire le coup a quelqu'un: To play the trick on someone. Il m'a fait le coup du 'portefeuille dans l'autre veston': He got money out of me with that age-old 'I forgot my wallet' dodge.16. Monter un coup: To engineer a confidence trick. On a monté un coup fumant: That con was a cracker!17. Coup d'arnac: Fraud, swindle.18. Le coup classique: That old, old trick.19. Coup fourré: 'Major cock-up', big blunder. -
15 understand
1. I1) he doesn't very well understand он не очень хорошо соображает; do animals understand? [разве] животные обладают разумом?2) I am beginning to understand [я] начинаю понимать; he is, I understand, no longer here его, как я понимаю /если я не ошибаюсь/, здесь уже нет; as I understand /as far as I understand/ he has left насколько я могу судить, он уже ушел; give smb. to understand дать кому-л. понять; I was given to understand мне дали понять2. IIunderstand at some time now I understand ! теперь мне все ясно; understand in some manner so I understood так я [и] понял; я сделал именно такое заключение; the patient is getting better, so I understand насколько я могу судить, больному лучше3. III1) understand smb., smth. understand one's foreign guest (one another, smb.'s conduct, a thesis, a question, the meaning of the word, their remark, a jest, the significance of the fact, etc.) понимать иностранного гостя и т.д.; please understand me, I can't help it пожалуйста, постарайтесь понять меня, я ничего не могу поделать; he said he didn't understand the instructions он сказал, что не разобрался в инструкции или не понял указаний; it is easy to understand his anger нетрудно понять его гнев /представить себе, почему он рассердился/2) understand smb. understand children (horses, animals, etc.) понимать /знать/ детей и т.д., знать, как обращаться с детьми и т.д.; it takes a long time to understand these people чтобы хорошо узнать этих людей, нужно много времени; understand smth. understand mathematics (figures, banking affairs, political economy, the nature of electricity, etc.) знать математику и т.д., разбираться в математике и т.д.; understand English (German, etc.) понимать /знать/ английский и т.д.; artists who understand all about colour художники, которые хорошо чувствуют цвет4. IV1) understand smb., smth. in some manner understand smb., smth. literally (distinctly, accurately, vaguely, in several ways, etc.) понимать кого-л., что-л. буквально и т.д.; if 1 understand you rightly если я вас правильно понимаю /понял/2) understand smth. in some manner understand one's business thoroughly хорошо знать свое дело, быть специалистом в своей области; most of the students understand English fairly well большинстве студентов прилично знает английский5. VIIunderstand smb. to do smth. I understood him to say that (her to ask him to stay, him to be away, etc.) я решил /мне показалось/, что он это сказал и т.д.; we understood him to be a distant relation мы решили /так поняли/, что он дальний родственник6. VIIIunderstand smb. doing smth. understand him being angry (her saying "no", them refusing, etc.) понимать, почему он рассердился и т.д.7. XI1) be understood it is understood это само. собой разумеется; be understood that... it is understood that you will come считается /предполагается/, что вы придете; be understood in some manner it is generally understood that... обычно думают /полагают/, что...; make (let) it be understood I have made it understood /I have let it be understood/ that... я дал понять, что...2) be understood I don't know how to make myself understood a) я не знаю, как объясниться; б) я не знаю, как втолковать свою мысль; be understood in some manner that's /it can be/ easily /readily/ understood это легко понять8. XIVunderstand smb.'s doing smth. understand smb.'s being angry (his daring to apply to you, her going away, etc.) понимать чей-л. гнев и т.д., понимать, почему кто-л. сердится и т.д.9. XVI1) understand about smth. understand about their affairs (about such things, etc.) разбираться в их делах и т.д.2) understand from smth. understand from such an act (from his words, from such contradictory statements, from this, etc.) делать вывод из данного поступка и т.д.; I understood from an unofficial source, that... из неофициального источника я узнал, что...; I understand from what he says that he likes his work из его слов я заключаю, что ему нравится его работа10. XXI1understand smth. from smth. understand his feelings from his smile (his intention from his letter, their plans from the hints they dropped, etc.) понять его чувства по улыбке и т.д., сделать вывод о его чувствах по улыбке и т.д.; no one could understand that from my words никто не мог сделать такого вывода из моих слов11. XXVunderstand why... (what..., how..., etc.) understand why he came (what they say, how to use it, etc.) понимать, почему он пришел и т.д.; I don't understand what you mean я не понимаю, что вы этим хотите сказать; I understood that my expenses were to be paid я понял так, что мои расходы будут оплачены /что мне возместят мои расходы/; I understand that you couldn't act otherwise я понимаю, что вы не могли поступить иначе2)understand that... understand that he is leaving town (that she is going to marry him, that doors open at7)30, that you have sold your cottage, etc.) считать или узнать /услышать/, что он уезжает из города /покидает город/ и т.д.; I understood that he would be here я понял /говорили/, что он будет здесь; am I to understand that you refuse? должен ли я заключить, что вы отказываетесь? -
16 Cum
1.cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.I.In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:b.qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—In an expression of displeasure:B.in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—In a designation of time with which some action concurs:C.egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:b.cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—Attributively, with subst.:2.et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).(α).Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,(β).cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—With ut:(γ).Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —With ne:3.obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:4.cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:D.ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:II.cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.In partic.A.Completing the meaning of verbs.1.With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:2.ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:3.cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:4.cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—Of deliberation and discussion:5.haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—Of strife, difference, etc.:6.quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—Of comparison:B.nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:C.hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;D.v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.► a.Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:b.quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—Before et... et, connecting two substt.:III.cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—B.It designates,1.A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—2.The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.2.Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].I.Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.A.In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.1.The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.a.Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—With principal predicate in fut. (rare):(γ).ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):b.haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—With logical perf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:(β).gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—(γ).With two logical perff. (rare):c.cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—With principal predicate in pres.:d.in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—With principal predicate in fut. indic.:(γ).cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—With principal predicate in fut. imper.:(δ).cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—With two fut. perff.:e.cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—In partic.(α).In definitions with pres, indic.:(β).humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:(γ).in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:2.sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—With subj. referring to indefinite time.a. (α).With pres. subj.:(β).acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—With perf. subj.:b.difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—c.In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):d.saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—e.If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:3.caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:a.formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).Cum with pres. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):b.Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—Cum with logical perf. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):c.at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—With principal predicate in fut. perf.:(γ).cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—With principal predicate in imper. fut.:(δ).mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):(ε).cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—d.With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):(γ).quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):4.quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—With subj. in definite time.a.Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—b.Sometimes by attraction:c.curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.B.In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.1.With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:2.portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —With pluperf. indic.a.Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:b.idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—c.If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:3.nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.a.With pluperf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:(β).cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—With principal predicate in perf. indic.:b.Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:4.cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.(α).When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):(β).Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:(γ).(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:5.qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.C.In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:1.quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).a.The clause expressing a momentary action:b.posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):c.in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:d.ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:2.ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.a.The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:b.set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):3.cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].a.Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.(α).Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:(β).eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:(γ).antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:(δ).tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:b.nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter(α).In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:(β).res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):(γ).magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:D.illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.1.The predicate in present:2.amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—With fut. (rare):3.cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—With fut. perf. (rare):4.quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—With perf.:5.fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—With histor. pres.:6.Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—With imperf.:7.cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;8.very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—With pluperf. (very rare):* 9.exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—Pluperf. and imperf.:10.quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—Imperf. subj. (post-class.):11.tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:E.illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.1.Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.a.The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:(β).jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:(γ).erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:(δ).fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:b.quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.:(β).incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:(γ).atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:c.accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:2.Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.a.With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.(α).With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—With ordinals:(γ).vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—With diu:b.jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:c.quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:d.permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:3.dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.a.With cardinals.(α).Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—With nom.:b.nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—With diu or dudum:c.nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:4.omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.a.Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.(α).Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(β).dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:b.dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.(α).Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:(β).non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—(δ).Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—(ε).Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—(ζ).Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—(η).Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—(θ).Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—(κ).With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):5.quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).a.When, on an occasion, on which, etc.(α).With perf. indic.:(β).Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—With imperf. indic.:(γ).num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):(δ).nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—(ε).So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:b.sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).(α).With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:(β).fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—6.Cum interea (interim).a.Adverbial (rare).(α).Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—(β).Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:b.simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,(α).To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:(β).anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—To the inverted clauses (4.):(γ).tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:F.post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.1.After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).a.Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.(α).With indic.:(β).nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—With subj.:b.is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:c.L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):2.memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).a.Verbs of thanking:b.habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—Of congratulation:c.quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—Of rejoicing and grieving:d.quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—Dependent on optative sentences:G.di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.Elliptical usages (without predicate).1.Cum maxime.a.With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:b.etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:2.nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):H.foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.II.Causal, since, because, as.A.Anteclass., chiefly with indic.1.With pres. indic.:2.hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—With perf. indic.:3.praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—With subj.a.By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—b.Independent of such construction:B.jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—With perf. subj.:3.cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—With imperf. subj.a.Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:b.vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—Denoting cause without time:4.cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—With pluperf. subj.:C.Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.With adverbs of emphasis.1.Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:2.quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:3.nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:III.me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., chiefly,1.With indic.:2.hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—Subj.a.By construction of principal predicate:b.tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):B.eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:3.indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—With imperf. subj.:4.ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —With pluperf. subj.:IV.Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., mostly with indic.1.Indic.:2.qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).B.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.Pres. subj.:2.testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—Imperf. subj.:3.ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—With pluperf. subj.:V.cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.1.With imperf. subj.:2.quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—With pluperf. subj.:quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16. -
17 cum
1.cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.I.In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:b.qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—In an expression of displeasure:B.in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—In a designation of time with which some action concurs:C.egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:b.cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—Attributively, with subst.:2.et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).(α).Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,(β).cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—With ut:(γ).Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —With ne:3.obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:4.cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:D.ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:II.cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.In partic.A.Completing the meaning of verbs.1.With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:2.ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:3.cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:4.cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—Of deliberation and discussion:5.haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—Of strife, difference, etc.:6.quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—Of comparison:B.nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:C.hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;D.v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.► a.Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:b.quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—Before et... et, connecting two substt.:III.cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—B.It designates,1.A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—2.The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.2.Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].I.Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.A.In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.1.The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.a.Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—With principal predicate in fut. (rare):(γ).ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):b.haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—With logical perf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:(β).gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—(γ).With two logical perff. (rare):c.cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—With principal predicate in pres.:d.in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—With principal predicate in fut. indic.:(γ).cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—With principal predicate in fut. imper.:(δ).cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—With two fut. perff.:e.cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—In partic.(α).In definitions with pres, indic.:(β).humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:(γ).in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:2.sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—With subj. referring to indefinite time.a. (α).With pres. subj.:(β).acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—With perf. subj.:b.difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—c.In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):d.saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—e.If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:3.caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:a.formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).Cum with pres. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):b.Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—Cum with logical perf. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):c.at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—With principal predicate in fut. perf.:(γ).cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—With principal predicate in imper. fut.:(δ).mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):(ε).cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—d.With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):(γ).quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):4.quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—With subj. in definite time.a.Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—b.Sometimes by attraction:c.curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.B.In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.1.With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:2.portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —With pluperf. indic.a.Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:b.idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—c.If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:3.nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.a.With pluperf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:(β).cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—With principal predicate in perf. indic.:b.Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:4.cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.(α).When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):(β).Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:(γ).(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:5.qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.C.In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:1.quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).a.The clause expressing a momentary action:b.posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):c.in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:d.ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:2.ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.a.The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:b.set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):3.cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].a.Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.(α).Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:(β).eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:(γ).antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:(δ).tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:b.nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter(α).In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:(β).res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):(γ).magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:D.illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.1.The predicate in present:2.amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—With fut. (rare):3.cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—With fut. perf. (rare):4.quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—With perf.:5.fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—With histor. pres.:6.Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—With imperf.:7.cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;8.very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—With pluperf. (very rare):* 9.exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—Pluperf. and imperf.:10.quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—Imperf. subj. (post-class.):11.tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:E.illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.1.Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.a.The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:(β).jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:(γ).erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:(δ).fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:b.quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.:(β).incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:(γ).atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:c.accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:2.Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.a.With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.(α).With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—With ordinals:(γ).vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—With diu:b.jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:c.quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:d.permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:3.dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.a.With cardinals.(α).Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—With nom.:b.nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—With diu or dudum:c.nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:4.omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.a.Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.(α).Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(β).dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:b.dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.(α).Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:(β).non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—(δ).Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—(ε).Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—(ζ).Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—(η).Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—(θ).Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—(κ).With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):5.quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).a.When, on an occasion, on which, etc.(α).With perf. indic.:(β).Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—With imperf. indic.:(γ).num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):(δ).nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—(ε).So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:b.sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).(α).With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:(β).fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—6.Cum interea (interim).a.Adverbial (rare).(α).Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—(β).Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:b.simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,(α).To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:(β).anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—To the inverted clauses (4.):(γ).tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:F.post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.1.After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).a.Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.(α).With indic.:(β).nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—With subj.:b.is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:c.L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):2.memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).a.Verbs of thanking:b.habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—Of congratulation:c.quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—Of rejoicing and grieving:d.quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—Dependent on optative sentences:G.di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.Elliptical usages (without predicate).1.Cum maxime.a.With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:b.etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:2.nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):H.foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.II.Causal, since, because, as.A.Anteclass., chiefly with indic.1.With pres. indic.:2.hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—With perf. indic.:3.praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—With subj.a.By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—b.Independent of such construction:B.jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—With perf. subj.:3.cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—With imperf. subj.a.Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:b.vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—Denoting cause without time:4.cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—With pluperf. subj.:C.Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.With adverbs of emphasis.1.Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:2.quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:3.nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:III.me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., chiefly,1.With indic.:2.hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—Subj.a.By construction of principal predicate:b.tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):B.eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:3.indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—With imperf. subj.:4.ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —With pluperf. subj.:IV.Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., mostly with indic.1.Indic.:2.qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).B.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.Pres. subj.:2.testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—Imperf. subj.:3.ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—With pluperf. subj.:V.cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.1.With imperf. subj.:2.quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—With pluperf. subj.:quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16. -
18 Cum2
1.cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.I.In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:b.qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,
id. ib. prol. 125:cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,
Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,
id. Mil. 21, 55:quibuscum essem libenter,
id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,
id. Sull. 3, 7:si cenas hodie mecum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,
Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:errare malo cum Platone, etc.,
id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—In an expression of displeasure:B.in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—In a designation of time with which some action concurs:C.egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,cum primo luci,
id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:cum primā luce,
id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:cum primo lumine solis,
Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:pariter cum ortu solis,
Sall. J. 106, 5:pariter cum occasu solis,
id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:cum sole reliquit,
Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:mane cum luci simul,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,
id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,
Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:b.cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,
id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:cum magno provinciae periculo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 10:cum summo probro,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:cum summā tuā dignitate,
Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:cum bonā alite,
Cat. 61, 19:ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,
amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:orare cum lacrimis coepere,
Liv. 5, 30, 5:si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,cum curā,
Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:cum summo studio,
Sall. C. 51, 38:cum quanto studio periculoque,
Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:cum multā venustate et omni sale,
Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:maximo cum clamore involant,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:cum clamore,
Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:cum clamore ac tumultu,
id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,
id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:illud cum pace agemus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:cum bonā pace,
Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:cum bonā gratiā,
Cic. Fat. 4, 7:cum bonā veniā,
Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:cum veniā,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:cum virtute vivere,
Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:cum judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 8:cum firmā memoriā,
id. 5, 10, 54:legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,
Suet. Calig. 16:spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,
Liv. 4, 20, 3.—Attributively, with subst.:2.et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,
Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,
id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).(α).Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,(β).cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,
id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—With ut:(γ).Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,
Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,
Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —With ne:3.obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,
Col. 5, 1, 4:cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,
Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,
id. 2, 17.—Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:4.cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,
Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,cum superis,
Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:D.ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,
ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,cum octavo, cum decimo,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:cum centesimo,
Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,
id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:II.cum linguā lingere,
Cat. 98, 3:cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),
Verg. A. 9, 816:cum vino et oleo ungere,
Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.In partic.A.Completing the meaning of verbs.1.With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:2.ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,
Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:(haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,
id. 1, 9, 16:interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,
id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?
id. Clu. 31, 86:hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,
id. Off. 3, 3, 13:foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,
id. ib. 3, 31, 111:capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,
Liv. 1, 52, 4:cum aliquo in gratiam redire,
id. 3, 58, 4:stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,
id. 8, 34, 1:conjurasse cum Pausaniā,
Curt. 7, 1, 6:Autronium secum facere,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:3.cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,
Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,
id. Off. 1, 15, 46:nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,
id. ib. 1, 17, 51:cum civibus vivere,
id. ib. 1, 34, 124:cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,
id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,
Liv. 1, 45, 2:partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,
Cic. Clu. 7, 21:cum Baebio communicare,
id. ib. 16, 47; cf.of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,
Liv. 1, 58, 4:duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,
id. 2, 10, 5.—Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:4.cum aliquo agere,
to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,
Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:si par est agere cum civibus,
Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,
Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:tecum enim mihi res est,
id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:uni tibi et cum singulis res est,
Liv. 2, 12, 11:pacem cum Sabinis facere,
Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—Of deliberation and discussion:5.haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,
Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,
Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—Of strife, difference, etc.:6.quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!
Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 25, 81:cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,
id. ib. 2, 4, 11:cum stomacheretur cum Metello,
id. Or. 2, 66, 267:manu cum hoste confligere,
id. Off. 1, 23, 81:utilia cum honestis pugnare,
id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,
id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:cum Auruncis bellum inire,
id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,
id. 2, 40, 14:inimicitias cum Africano gerere,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:cum Scipione dissentire,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,
Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—Of comparison:B.nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,
Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,
id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:conferam Sullamne cum Junio,
id. Clu. 34, 94:(orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,
id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:C.hominem sine re, sine fide,
Cic. Cael. 32, 78):a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,
Plaut. Am. prol. 149:cadus cum vino,
id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:olla cum aquā,
Cato, R. R. 156:arcula cum ornamentis,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,
Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:onerariae naves cum commeatu,
Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:cum servili schemā,
Plaut. Am. prol. 117;so of clothing,
id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;so of weapons,
id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,
id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,
holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,
id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,
Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:cum quinque pedibus natus,
id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,
Liv. 9, 44, 14:te Romam venisse cum febri,
Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:ex eis qui cum imperio sint,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:cum imperio aut magistratu,
Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;D.v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,
Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.► a.Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:b.quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),
Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,
id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—Before et... et, connecting two substt.:III.cum et diurno et nocturno metu,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—B.It designates,1.A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—2.The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.2.Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].I.Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.A.In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.1.The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.a.Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,
Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,
id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,
Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—With principal predicate in fut. (rare):(γ).ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):b.haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,
Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:(dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),
Verg. G. 3, 457:nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,
Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—With logical perf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:(β).gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,
id. Div. 2, 70, 145:cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,
Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:(hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,
Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,
Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—(γ).With two logical perff. (rare):c.cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—With principal predicate in pres.:d.in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,
Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in pres.:(β).quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,
Cic. Att. 1, 7:nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,
Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—With principal predicate in fut. indic.:(γ).cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,
Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?
Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,
Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—With principal predicate in fut. imper.:(δ).cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—With two fut. perff.:e.cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—In partic.(α).In definitions with pres, indic.:(β).humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,
Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:(γ).in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,
id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,
Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:2.sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,
Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—With subj. referring to indefinite time.a. (α).With pres. subj.:(β).acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,
Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:difficile est tacere cum doleas,
Cic. Sull. 10, 31:etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,
id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—With perf. subj.:b.difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,
id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—c.In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):d.saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—e.If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:3.caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,
Cato, R. R. 28:quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:a.formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,
id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).Cum with pres. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,
Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:quod cum ita est,
if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:quodsi ita est,
Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,
Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):b.Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,
Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?
id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—Cum with logical perf. indic.(α).Principal predicate in pres.:(β).ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,
after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):c.at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),
Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—With fut.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).quom videbis tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—With principal predicate in fut. perf.:(γ).cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,
Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—With principal predicate in imper. fut.:(δ).mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):(ε).cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—d.With fut. perf.(α).With principal predicate in fut.:(β).mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):(γ).quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,
Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—With principal predicate in subj. (potential):4.quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—With subj. in definite time.a.Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—b.Sometimes by attraction:c.curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?
Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.B.In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.1.With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:2.portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,
Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:quom testamento patris partisset bona,
Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:quom venisset,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,
Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,
id. ib. 1, 35, 160:cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,
id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,
id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,
Caes. B. G. 5, 18:Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,
Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —With pluperf. indic.a.Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:b.idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—c.If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:3.nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,
id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.a.With pluperf. indic.(α).With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:(β).cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:(Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,
Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,
Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—With principal predicate in perf. indic.:b.Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,
Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:4.cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 2, 41:cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,
Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.(α).When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):(β).Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),
Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:(γ).(Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,
id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:5.qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,
Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.C.In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:1.quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?
Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,
Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,
Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:cum te Puteolis prosequerer,
id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;also,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).a.The clause expressing a momentary action:b.posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,
id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,
Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,
Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,
id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,
Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,
Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,
Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,
Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,
Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,
Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):c.in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,
id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,
Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:d.ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,
Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:2.ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 303:itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87:cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,
Liv. 42, 5, 8:Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,
Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.a.The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:b.set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,
Cic. Brut. 43, 161:eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,
Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,
Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?
Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,
Dig. 28, 18, § 1:pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,
Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):3.cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].a.Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.(α).Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:(β).eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?
Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,
Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,
Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,
id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,
id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,
Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,
Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?
id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?
Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,
id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,
id. Brut. 8, 293:cum censebam,
id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:cum dicebam,
id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:cum ponebas,
id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,
id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,
Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,
id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:(γ).antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,
id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,
Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,
Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,
Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:(δ).tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,
Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,
Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),
Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,according to class. usage,
Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;contrary to class. usage,
Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:b.nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,
Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?
id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),
id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,
id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,
Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,
Liv. 29, 31, 1:cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,
id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,
id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,
id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,
id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),
Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,
Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter(α).In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:(β).res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?
Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),
Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,
Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,
id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,
id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):(γ).magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,
Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,
Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,
Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),
id. Sull. 17, 49:tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),
id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),
Nep. Cim. 3, 1:sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,
Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,
Cic. Sest. 28, 61:haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,
Liv. 1, 13, 6:Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,
id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,
Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),
id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),
Liv. 42, 40, 8:Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,
Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,
Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,
Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:cum lux appropinquaret,
id. Tull. 9, 21:cum dies instaret,
id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,
Liv. 28, 10, 1:cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,
id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:cum ea dies venit,
Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,
id. Brut. 68, 241:cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,
Liv. 40, 42, 10:cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,
id. 8, 33, 4:haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,
id. 1, 50, 7;so with cum maxime,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),
Cic. Sest. 63, 132:Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),
Nep. Reg. 3, 2:impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,
Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 3, 57:cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,
Liv. 6, 1, 6:cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,
id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:D.illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,
Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,
Liv. 4, 3, 1:cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,
id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,
id. Quint. 16, 53):ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,
Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:cum secum reputavit,
Tac. A. 15, 54.In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.1.The predicate in present:2.amice facis Quom me laudas,
Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:bene facitis cum venitis,
Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—With fut. (rare):3.cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,
Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—With fut. perf. (rare):4.quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—With perf.:5.fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,
Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—With histor. pres.:6.Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—With imperf.:7.cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;8.very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,
Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—With pluperf. (very rare):* 9.exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,
Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—Pluperf. and imperf.:10.quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—Imperf. subj. (post-class.):11.tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,
Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:E.illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,
which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.1.Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.a.The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:(β).jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:(γ).erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,
Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:(δ).fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,
Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,
id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),
Liv. 7, 32, 13.—With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:b.quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,
Varr. R. R. 3, 1:ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,
Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.(α).With pres. or fut. indic.:(β).incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,
Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,
id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:(γ).atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,
Cic. Lig. 7, 20:memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,
id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),
Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),
Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:c.accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?
id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),
Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,
while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:2.Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,
Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.a.With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.(α).With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,
that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—With ordinals:(γ).vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,
Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—With diu:b.jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:c.quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:d.permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,
Liv. 9, 33, 3.—With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:3.dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,
Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,
Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.a.With cardinals.(α).Time in acc. (ante-class.):(β).annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—With nom.:b.nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—With diu or dudum:c.nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,
Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:4.omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.a.Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.(α).Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(β).dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,
Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:b.dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,
Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.(α).Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:(β).non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,
Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:(γ).jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,
Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—(δ).Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—(ε).Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—(ζ).Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—(η).Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—(θ).Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—(κ).With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):5.quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,
Cic. Brut. 36, 138:jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,
Verg. G. 3, 422.—In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).a.When, on an occasion, on which, etc.(α).With perf. indic.:(β).Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,
Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—With imperf. indic.:(γ).num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):(δ).nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,
Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—(ε).So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:b.sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,
Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).(α).With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:(β).fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,cum nihilo magis,
Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—6.Cum interea (interim).a.Adverbial (rare).(α).Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—(β).Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:b.simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,
Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,(α).To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:(β).anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,
Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—To the inverted clauses (4.):(γ).tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,
Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:F.post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,
Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.1.After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).a.Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.(α).With indic.:(β).nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:conspectum est cum obiit,
Liv. 5, 25, 3.—With subj.:b.is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,
Cic. Sest. 59, 126:vidi... Cum tu terga dares,
Ov. M. 13, 224.—After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:c.L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):2.memini quom... haud audebat,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:memini cum mihi desipere videbare,
Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,
Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).a.Verbs of thanking:b.habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—Of congratulation:c.quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—Of rejoicing and grieving:d.quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,
Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—Dependent on optative sentences:G.di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.Elliptical usages (without predicate).1.Cum maxime.a.With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:b.etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?
Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:2.nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 12:castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,
Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):H.foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,
at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:cum tardissime,
id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:cum longissime,
Suet. Tib. 38.For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.II.Causal, since, because, as.A.Anteclass., chiefly with indic.1.With pres. indic.:2.hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,
because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,
since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—With perf. indic.:3.praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—With subj.a.By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—b.Independent of such construction:B.jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,
id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,
Cic. Mur. 6, 13:cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,
id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,
id. Clu. 44, 123:quod cum ita sit, etc.,
id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—With perf. subj.:3.cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—With imperf. subj.a.Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:b.vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,
Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,
Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—Denoting cause without time:4.cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,
Cic. Clu. 26, 70:quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,
id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—With pluperf. subj.:C.Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 22.With adverbs of emphasis.1.Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:2.quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?
Cic. Arch. 5, 10:cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,
id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,
id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:3.nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,
Cic. Lael. 8, 28:numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,
id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,
Curt. 4, 1, 29.—Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:III.me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,
Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., chiefly,1.With indic.:2.hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,
Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—Subj.a.By construction of principal predicate:b.tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?
Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):B.eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?
Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.With pres. subj.:2.cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?
Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:3.indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?
Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—With imperf. subj.:4.ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,
Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,
id. Clu. 48, 135:eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —With pluperf. subj.:IV.Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.A.Ante-class., mostly with indic.1.Indic.:2.qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).B.Class. and post-class., always with subj.1.Pres. subj.:2.testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,
Cic. Brut. 7, 26:nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,
Liv. 21, 31, 11.—Imperf. subj.:3.ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,quae cum ita essent... tamen,
although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—With pluperf. subj.:V.cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,
Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,
id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.1.With imperf. subj.:2.quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?
Cic. Brut. 55, 194:etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?
id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—With pluperf. subj.:quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,
id. Balb. 6, 16. -
19 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
20 ἄν
ἄν (A), [pron. full] [ᾰ], [dialect] Ep., Lyr., [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Att.; also κεν) [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., Thess., κᾱ [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., El.; the two combined in [dialect] Ep. (infr. D. 11.2) and Arc.,Aεἰκ ἄν IG5(2).6.2
, 15 (iv B. C.):—modal Particle used with Verbs to indicate that the action is limited by circumstances or defined by conditions. In Hom. κε is four times as common as ἄν, in Lyr. about equally common. No clear distinction can be traced, but κε as an enclitic is somewhat less emphatic; ἄν is preferred by Hom. in negative clauses, κε ([etym.] ν) with the relative.A In Simple Sentences, and in the Apodosis of Compound Sentences; here ἄν belongs to the Verb, and denotes that the assertion made by the Verb is dependent on a condition, expressed or implied: thus ἦλθεν he came, ἦλθεν ἄν he would have come (under conditions, which may or may not be defined), and so he might have come; ἔλθοι may he come, ἔλθοι ἄν he would come (under certain conditions), and so he might come.I WITH INDICATIVE:1 with historical tenses, generally [tense] impf. and [tense] aor., less freq. [tense] plpf., never [tense] pf., v. infr.,a most freq. in apodosis of conditional sentences, with protasis implying nonfulfilment of a past or present condition, and apod. expressing what would be or would have been the case if the condition were or had been fulfilled. The [tense] impf. with ἄν refers to continued action, in Hom. always in past time, exc. perh. . 178; later also in [tense] pres. time, first in Thgn.905; πολὺ ἂν θαυμαστότερον ἦν, εἰ ἐτιμῶντο it would be far more strange if they were honoured, Pl.R. 489a; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he would not have been master of islands if he had not had also some naval power, Th.1.9. The [tense] aor. strictly refers only to past time, Pi.N.11.24, etc.; εἰ τότε ταύτην ἔσχε τὴν γνώμην, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν if he had then come to this opinion, he would have accomplished nothing of what he has now done, D.4.5, al., but is used idiomatically with Verbs of saying, answering, etc., as we say I should have said,εἰ μὴ πατὴρ ἦσθ', εἶπον ἄν σ' οὐκ εὖ φρονεῖν S.Ant. 755
, cf. Pl.Smp. 199d, Euthphr. 12d, etc.: the [tense] plpf. refers to completed actions, as ὃ εἰ ἀπεκρίνω, ἱκανῶς ἂν ἤδη παρὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁσιότητα ἐμεμαθήκη I should have already learnt.., ib. 14c;εἰ ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀπέθανεν, δικαίως ἂν ἐτεθνήκει Antipho 4.2.3
.b the protasis is freq. understood: ὑπό κεν ταλασίφρονά περ δέος εἷλεν fear would have seized even the stout-hearted (had he heard the sound), Il.4.421; τὸ γὰρ ἔρυμα τῷ στρατοπέδῳ οὐκ ἂν ἐτειχίσαντο they would not have built the wall (if they had not won a battle), Th.1.11; πολλοῦ γὰρ ἂν ἦν ἄξια for (if that were so) they would be worth much, Pl.R. 374d; οὐ γὰρ ἦν ὅ τι ἂν ἐποιεῖτε for there was nothing which you could have done, i. e. would have done (if you had tried), D.18.43.c with no definite protasis understood, to express what would have been likely to happen, or might have happened in past time: ἢ γάρ μιν ζωόν γε κιχήσεαι, ἤ κεν Ὀρέστης κτεῖνεν ὑποφθάμενος for either you will find him alive, or else Orestes may already have killed him before you, Od.4.546; ὃ θεασάμενος πᾶς ἄν τις ἀνὴρ ἠράσθη δάϊος εἶναι every man who saw this (the 'Seven against Thebes') would have longed to be a warrior, Ar. Ra. 1022; esp. with τάχα, q. v., ἀλλ' ἦλθε μὲν δὴ τοῦτο τοὔνειδος τάχ' ἂν ὀργῇ βιασθὲν μᾶλλον ἢ γνώμῃ φρενῶν, i. e. it might perhaps have come, S.OT 523; τάχα ἂν δὲ καὶ ἄλλως πως ἐσπλεύσαντες (sc. διέβησαν ) and they might also perhaps have crossed by sea (to Sicily) in some other way, Th.6.2, cf. Pl.Phdr. 265b.d ἄν is freq. omitted in apodosi with Verbs expressing obligation, propriety, or possibility, as ἔδει, ἐχρῆν, εἰκὸς ἦν, etc., and sts. for rhetorical effect, εἰ μὴ.. ᾖσμεν, φόβον παρέσχεν it had caused (for it would have caused) fear, E.Hec. 1113. This use becomes more common in later Gk.2 with [tense] fut. ind.:a frequently in [dialect] Ep., usu. with κεν, rarely ἄν, Il.9.167, 22.66, indicating a limitation or condition, ὁ δέ κεν κεχολώσεται ὅν κεν ἵκωμαι and he will likely be angry to whom- soever I shall come, ib.1.139; καί κέ τις ὧδ' ἐρέει and in that case men will say, 4.176;ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι καταλέξω Od.3.80
; so in Lyr.,μαθὼν δέ τις ἂν ἐρεῖ Pi.N.7.68
, cf. I.6(5).59.b rarely in codd. of [dialect] Att. Prose writers,σαφὲς ἂν καταστήσετε Th.1.140
;οὐχ ἥκει, οὐδ' ἂν ἥξει δεῦρο Pl.R. 615d
, cf. Ap. 29c, X.An.2.5.13; dub. in Hp.Mul.2.174: in later Prose, Philostr. V A2.21, S E.M.9.225: also in Poetry, E.El. 484, Ar.Av. 1313;οὐκ ἂν προδώσω Herod.6.36
(corr. - δοίην):— for ἄν with [tense] fut. inf. and part. v. infr.II WITH SUBJUNCTIVE, only in [dialect] Ep., the meaning being the same as with the [tense] fut. ind. (1.2a), freq. with [ per.] 1st pers., as εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώῃσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι in that case I will take her myself, Il.1.324; πείθευ, ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι εἰδέω χάριν obey and if so I will be grateful, 14.235 (the subj. is always introduced by δέ in this usage); also with other persons, giving emphasis to the future, , al.III WITH OPTATIVE (never [tense] fut., rarely [tense] pf. πῶς ἂν λελήθοι [με]; X.Smp.3.6):a in apodosis of conditional sentences, after protasis in opt. with εἰ or some other conditional or relative word, expressing a [tense] fut. condition:ἀλλ' εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
;οὐ πολλὴ ἂν ἀλογία εἴη, εἰ φοβοῖτο τὸν θάνατον; Pl.Phd. 68b
:—in Hom. [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. opt. with κε or ἄν are sts. used like [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. ind. with ἄν in Attic, with either regular ind. or another opt. in the protasis: καί νύ κεν ἔνθ' ἀπόλοιτο.. εἰ μὴ.. νόησε κτλ., i. e. he would have perished, had she not perceived, etc., Il.5.311, cf. 5.388, 17.70; εἰ νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ.. κλισίηνδε φεροίμην if we were now contending in another's honour, I should now carry.., ib.23.274: so rarely in Trag., οὐδ' ἂν σὺ φαίης, εἴ σε μὴ κνίζοι λέχος (for εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568.b with protasis in [tense] pres. or [tense] fut., the opt. with ἄν in apodosi takes a simply future sense: φρούριον δ' εἰ ποιήσονται, τῆς μὲν γῆς βλάπτοιεν ἄν τι μέρος they might perhaps damage, Th.1.142, cf. 2.60, Pl.Ap. 25b, R. 333e;ἢν οὖν μάθῃς.. οὐκ ἂν ἀποδοίην Ar.Nu. 116
, cf. D.1.26, al.c with protasis understood:φεύγωμεν· ἔτι γάρ κεν ἀλύξαιμεν κακὸν ἦμαρ Od.10.269
; οὔτε ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φέρειν· διαρραγεῖεν γὰρ ἄν for (if they should do so) they would burst, X. Cyr.8.2.21; τὸν δ' οὔ κε δύ' ἀνέρε.. ἀπ' οὔδεος ὀχλίσσειαν two men could not heave the stone from the ground, i. e. would not, if they should try, Il.12.447; , cf. D.2.8: in Hom. sts. with ref. to past time, .d with no definite protasis implied, in potential sense: ἡδέως δ' ἂν ἐροίμην Λεπτίνην but I would gladly ask Leptines, D.20.129; βουλοίμην ἄν I should like , Lat. velim (but ἐβουλόμην ἄν I should wish, if it were of any avail, vellem); ποῖ οὖν τραποίμεθ' ἄν; which way then can we turn? Pl.Euthd. 290a; οὐκ ἂν μεθείμην τοῦ θρόνου I will not give up the throne, Ar.Ra. 830; idiomatically, referring to the past, αὗται δὲ οὐκ ἂν πολλαὶ εἶεν but these would not (on investigation) prove to be many, Th.1.9; εἴησαν δ' ἂν οὗτοι Κρῆτες these would be (i. e. would have been) Cretans, Hdt.1.2: used in order to soften assertions by giving them a less positive form, as οὐκ ἂν οὖν πάνυ γέ τι σπουδαῖον εἴη ἡ δικαιοσύνη, i.e. it would not prove to be, etc. (for, it is not, etc.), Pl.R. 333e.e in questions, expressing a wish:τίς ἂν θεῶν.. δοίη; S.OC 1100
, cf.A.Ag. 1448;πῶς ἂν θάνοιμι; S.Aj. 389
: hence (with no question) as a mild command, exhortation, or entreaty, ; σὺ μὲν κομίζοις ἂν σεαυτὸν ᾗ θέλεις you may take yourself off (milder than κόμιζε σεαυτόν), S.Ant. 444; χωροῖς ἂν εἴσω you may go in, El. 1491; κλύοις ἂν ἤδη, Φοῖβε hear me now, Phoebus, ib. 637; φράζοις ἄν, λέγοις ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 23c, 48b.f in a protasis which is also an apodosis: εἴπερ ἄλλῳ τῳ ἀνθρώπων πειθοίμην ἄν, καὶ σοὶ πείθομαι if I would trust any (other) man (if he gave me his word), I trust you, Id.Prt. 329b; εἰ μὴ ποιήσαιτ' ἂν τοῦτο if you would not do this (if you could), D.4.18, cf. X.Mem.1.5.3, Plot.6.4.16.g rarely omitted with opt. in apodosis: , cf. 14.123, Il.5.303; also in Trag.,θᾶσσον ἢ λέγοι τις E.Hipp. 1186
;τεὰν δύνασιν τίς.. κατάσχοι; S.Ant. 605
.h ἄν c. [tense] fut. opt. is prob. always corrupt (cf. 1.2b), as τὸν αὐτὸν ἂν ἐπαινέσοι ( ἐπαινέσαι Bekk.) Pl.Lg. 719e; εἰδὼς ὅτι οὐδέν' ἂν καταλήψοιτο ( οὐδένα Bekk.) Lys.1.22.IV WITH INF. and PART. (sts. ADJ. equivalent to part.,τῶν δυνατῶν ἂν κρῖναι Pl.R. 577b
) representing ind. or opt.:1 [tense] pres. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] impf. ind., οἴεσθε τὸν πατέρα.. οὐκ ἂν φυλάττειν; do you think he would not have kept them safe? ([etym.] οὐκ ἂν ἐφύλαττεν), D.49.35; ἀδυνάτων ἂν ὄντων [ὑμῶν] ἐπιβοηθεῖν when you would have been unable, Th.1.73, cf. 4.40.b representing [tense] pres. opt., πόλλ' ἂν ἔχων (representing ἔχοιμ' ἄν)ἕτερ' εἰπεῖν παραλείπω D. 18.258
, cf. X.An.2.3.18: with Art., .2 [tense] aor. inf. or part.:a representing [tense] aor. ind., οὐκ ἂν ἡγεῖσθ' αὐτὸν κἂν ἐπιδραμεῖν; do you not think he would even have run thither? ([etym.] καὶ ἐπέδραμεν ἄν), D.27.56; ἴσμεν ὑμᾶς ἀναγκασθέντας ἄν we know you would have been compelled, Th.1.76, cf. 3.89; ῥᾳδίως ἂν ἀφεθείς when he might easily have been acquitted, X.Mem.4.4.4.b representing [tense] aor. opt., οὐδ' ἂν κρατῆσαι αὐτοὺς τῆς γῆς ἡγοῦμαι I think they would not even be masters of the land ([etym.] οὐδ' ἂν κρατήσειαν), Th.6.37, cf. 2.20; ὁρῶν ῥᾳδίως ἂν αὐτὸ ληφθέν ([etym.] ληφθείη ἄν) Id.7.42; οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἂν γενόμενα, i.e. things which are not and never could happen ([etym.] ἃ οὔτε ἂν γένοιτο), Id.6.38.3 [tense] pf. inf. or part. representing:a [tense] plpf. ind., πάντα ταῦθ' ὑπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων ἂν ἑαλωκέναι ([etym.] φήσειεν ἄν ) he would say that all these would have been destroyed by the barbarians ([etym.] ἑαλώκη ἄν), D.19.312.b [tense] pf. opt., οὐκ ἂν ἡγοῦμαι αὐτοὺς δίκην ἀξίαν δεδωκέναι, εἰ.. καταψηφίσαισθε I do not believe they would (then) have suffered ([etym.] δεδωκότες ἂν εἶεν) punishment enough, etc., Lys.27.9.4 [tense] fut. inf.or part., never in [dialect] Ep., and prob. always corrupt in [dialect] Att., νομίζων μέγιστον ἂν σφᾶς ὠφελήσειν (leg. - ῆσαι) Th.5.82, cf. 6.66, 8.25,71; part. is still more exceptional, (codd.), cf. D.19.342 (v. l.); both are found in later Gk.,νομίσαντες ἂν οἰκήσειν οὕτως ἄριστα Plb.8.30.8
, cf. Plu.Marc.15, Arr.An.2.2.3; with part., Epicur. Nat.14.1, Luc.Asin.26, Lib.Or.62.21, dub. l. in Arr.An.6.6.5.I In the protasis of conditional sentences with εἰ, regularly with the subjunctive. In Attic εἰ ἄν is contracted into ἐάν, ἤν, or ἄν ([etym.] ᾱ) (q. v.): Hom. has generally εἴ κε (or αἴ κε), sts. ἤν, onceεἰ δ' ἄν Il.3.288
, twiceεἴπερ ἄν 5.224
, 232. The protasis expresses either future condition (with apod. of [tense] fut. time) or general condition (with apod. of repeated action): εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἔρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' ὅς .. if thus thou shalt do.., ib.2.364; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death (ever) come near.., E.Alc. 671.2 in relative or temporal clauses with a conditional force; here ἄν coalesces with ὅτε, ὁπότε, ἐπεί, ἐπειδή, cf. ὅταν, ὁπόταν, ἐπήν or ἐπάν ([dialect] Ion. ἐπεάν) , ἐπειδάν: Hom. has ὅτε κε (sts. ὅτ' ἄν) , ὁππότε κε (sts. ὁπότ' ἄν or ὁππότ' ἄν) , ἐπεί κε (ἐπεὶ ἄν Il.6.412
), ἐπήν, εὖτ' ἄν; v. also εἰσόκε ([etym.] εἰς ὅ κε):—τάων ἥν κ' ἐθέλωμι φίλην ποιήσομ' ἄκοιτιν whomsoever of these I may wish.., Il.9.397; ὅταν δὴ μὴ σθένω, πεπαύσομαι when I shall have no strength.., S.Ant.91; ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὅς χ' ἕτερον μὲν κεύθῃ ἐνὶ φρεσίν, ἄλλο δὲ εἴπῃ who ever conceals one thing in his mind and speaks another, Il.9.312, cf. D.4.6, Th.1.21. —Hom. uses subj. in both the above constructions (1 and 2 ) without ἄν; also Trag. and Com., S.Aj. 496, Ar.Eq. 805; μέχρι and πρίν occasionally take subj. without ἄν in prose, e.g. Th.1.137,4.16 ([etym.] μέχρι οὗ), Pl.Phd. 62c, Aeschin.3.60.3 in final clauses introduced by relative Advbs., as ὡς, ὅπως (of Manner), ἵνα (of Place), ὄφρα, ἕως, etc. (of Time), freq. in [dialect] Ep.,σαώτερος ὥς κε νέηαι Il.1.32
;ὄφρα κεν εὕδῃ Od.3.359
;ὅπως ἂν εἰδῇ.. φράσω A.Pr. 824
;ὅπως ἂν φαίνηται κάλλιστος Pl.Smp. 198e
; (where ὅπως with [tense] fut. ind. is the regular constr.); also after ὡς in Hdt., Trag., X.An.2.5.16, al., once in Th.6.91 (but [tense] fut. ind. is regular in [dialect] Att.); ἵνα final does not take ἄν or κε exc.ἵνα εἰδότες ἤ κε θάνωμεν ἤ κεν.. φύγοιμεν Od.12.156
( ἵνα = where in S.OC 405). μή, = lest, takes ἄν only with opt. in apodosis, as S.Tr. 631, Th.2.93.II in [dialect] Ep. sts. with OPTATIVE as with subj. (always κε ([etym.] ν), exc.εἴ περ ἂν αὐταὶ Μοῦσαι ἀείδοιεν Il.2.597
),εἴ κεν Ἄρης οἴχοιτο Od.8.353
; ὥς κε.. δοίη ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι that he might give her to whomsoever he might please, ib.2.54: so in Hdt. in final clauses, 1.75,99:—in Od.23.135 ὥς κέν τις φαίη, κέν belongs to Verb in apod., as inὡς δ' ἂν ἥδιστα ταῦτα φαίνοιτο X.Cyr.7.5.81
.2 rarely in oratio obliqua, where a relat. or temp. word retains an ἄν which it would have with subj. in direct form, S.Tr. 687, X.Mem.1.2.6, Isoc.17.15;ἐπειδὰν δοκιμασθείην D.30.6
:—similarly after a preceding opt.,οὐκ ἀποκρίναιο ἕως ἂν.. σκέψαιο Pl.Phd. 101d
.III rarely with εἰ and INDICATIVE in protasis, only in [dialect] Ep.:1 with [tense] fut. ind. as with subj.:αἴ κεν Ἰλίου πεφιδήσεται Il.15.213
:—so with relat.,οἵ κέ με τιμήσουσι 1.175
.2 with εἰ and a past tense of ind., once in Hom.,εἰ δέ κ' ἔτι προτέρω γένετο δρόμος Il.23.526
; so Ζεὺς γάρ κ' ἔθηκε νῆσον εἴ κ' ἐβούλετο Orac. ap. Hdt.1.174, cf. Ar.Lys. 1099 (cod. R), A.R.1.197.IV in later Greek, ἄν with relative words is used with INDICATIVE in all tenses, asὅπου ἂν εἰσεπορεύετο Ev.Marc.6.56
;ὅσ' ἂν πάσχετε PFay. 136
(iv A. D.);ἔνθ' ἂν πέφυκεν ἡ ὁλότης εἶναι Phlp. in Ph.436.19
; cf. ἐάν, ὅταν.C with [tense] impf. and more rarely [tense] aor. ind. in ITERATIVE construction, to express elliptically a condilion fulfilled whenever an opportumty offered; freq. in Hdt. (not in Pi. or A.), κλαίεσκε ἂν καὶ ὀδυρέσκετο she would (i. e. used to) weep and lament, 3.119;εἶτα πῦρ ἂν οὐ παρῆν S.Ph. 295
; εἴ τινες ἴδοιεν.., ἀνεθάρσησαν ἄν whenever they saw it, on each occasion, Th.7.71;διηρώτων ἂν αὐτοὺς τί λέγοιεν Pl.Ap. 22b
: inf. representing [tense] impf. of this constr., ἀκούω Λακεδαιμονίους τότε ἐμβαλόντας ἂν.. ἀναχωρεῖν, i. e. I hear they used to retire ([etym.] ἀνεχώρουν ἄν), D.9.48.D GENERAL REMARKS:I POSITION OF ἄν.1 in A, when ἄν does not coalesce with the relat. word (as in ἐάν, ὅταν), it follows directly or is separated only by other particles, as μέν, δέ, τε, ga/r, kai/, νυ, περ, etc.; asεἰ μέν κεν.. εἰ δέ κε Il.3.281
-4; rarely by τις, asὅποι τις ἄν, οἶμαι, προσθῇ D.2.14
:—in Hom. and Hes. two such Particles may precede κε, asεἴ περ γάρ κεν Od.8.355
, cf. Il.2.123; εἰ γάρ τίς κε, ὃς μὲν γάρ κε, Hes.Op. 280, 357; rarely in Prose,ὅποι μὲν γὰρ ἄν D.4.45
;ὁπότερος οὖν ἄν Ar.Ra. 1420
: alsoὁπόσῳ πλέον ἄν Pl.Lg. 647e
, cf. 850a; .2 in apodosis, ἄν may stand either next to its Verb (before or after it), or after some other emphatic word, esp. an interrog., a negative (e. g. οὐδ' ἂν εἷς, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι, etc.), or an important Adjective or Adverb; also after a participle which represents the protasis, λέγοντος ἄν τινος πιστεῦσαι οἴεσθε; do you think they would have believed it if any one had told them? ([etym.] εἴ τις ἔλεγεν, ἐπίστευσαν ἄν), D.6.20.3 ἄν is freq. separated from its inf. by such Verbs as οἴομαι, δοκέω, φημί, οἶδα, etc., οὐκ ἂν οἴει .. ; freq. in Pl., Grg. 486d, al.; καὶ νῦν ἡδέως ἄν μοι δοκῶ κοινωνῆσαι I think that I should, X.Cyr.8.7.25;οὕτω γὰρ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ ἥ τε πόλις ἄριστα διοικεῖσθαι Aeschin.3.2
; ἃ μήτε προῄδει μηδεὶς μήτ' ἂν ᾠήθη τήμερον ῥηθῆναι (where ἄν belongs to ῥηθῆναι) D. 18.225:—in the phrase οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ, or οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ, ἄν belongs not to οἶδα, but to the Verb which follows, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμι, for οὐκ οἶδα εἰ πείσαιμι ἄν, E.Med. 941, cf. Alc.48;οὐκ ἂν οἶδ' εἰ δυναίμην Pl. Ti. 26b
;οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ ἐκτησάμην X.Cyr.5.4.12
.4 ἄν never begins a sentence, or even a clause after a comma, but may stand first after a parenthetic clause,ἀλλ', ὦ μέλ', ἄν μοι σιτίων διπλῶν ἔδει Ar. Pax
<*>37.II REPETITION OF ἄν:—in apodosis ἄν may be used twice or even three times with the same Verb, either to make the condition felt throughout a long sentence, or to emphasize certain words,ὥστ' ἄν, εἰ σθένος λάβοιμι, δηλώσαιμ' ἄν S.El. 333
, cf. Ant.69, A.Ag. 340, Th.1.76 (fin.), 2.41, Pl.Ap. 31a, Lys.20.15; , cf. S.Fr. 739; attached to a parenthetical phrase, ἔδρασ' ἄν, εὖ τοῦτ' ἴσθ' ἄν, εἰ .. Id.OT 1438.2 ἄν is coupled with κε ([etym.] ν ) a few times in Hom., as Il.11.187, 202, Od.5.361, al.; cf. ἤν περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλωσιν v.l. ib.18.318.III ELLIPSIS OF VERB:—sts. the Verb to which ἄν belongs must be supplied, in Hom. only εἰμί, as τάτ' ἔλδεται ὅς κ' ἐπιδευής (sc. ᾖ) Il.5.481; ἀλλ' οὐκ ἂν πρὸ τοῦ (sc. ἔρρεγκον) Ar.Nu.5; τί δ' ἂν δοκεῖ σοι Πρίαμος (sc. πρᾶξαι), εἰ τάδ' ἤνυσεν; A.Ag. 935
:—so in phrases like πῶς γὰρ ἄν; and πῶς οὐκ ἄν (sc. εἴη); also in ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ (or ὡσπερανεί), as φοβούμενος ὥσπερ ἂν εἰ παῖς (i. e. ὥσπερ ἂν ἐφοβήθη εἰ παῖς ἦν) Pl.Grg. 479a; so τοσοῦτον ἐφρόνησαν, ὅσον περ ἂν (sc. ἐφρόνησαν)εἰ.. Isoc.10.48
:—so also when κἂν εἰ ( = καὶ ἂν εἰ) has either no Verb in the apod. or one to which ἄν cannot belong, Pl.R. 477a, Men. 72c; cf. κἄν:—so the Verb of a protasis containing ἄν may be understood, ὅποι τις ἂν προσθῇ, κἂν μικρὰν δύναμιν (i. e. καὶ ἐὰν προσθῇ) D.2.14; ὡς ἐμοῦ οὖν ἰόντος ὅπῃ ἂν καὶ ὑμεῖς (sc. ἴητε) X.An.1.3.6.IV ELLIPSIS OF ἄν:—when an apodosis consists of several co-ordinate clauses, ἄν is generally used only in the first and understood in the others:πείθοι' ἂν εἰ πείθοι'· ἀπειθοίης δ' ἴσως A.Ag. 1049
: even when the construction is continued in a new sentence, Pl.R. 352e, cf. 439b codd.: but ἄν is repeated for the sake of clearness or emphasis, ib. 398a, cf. D.19.156 (where an opt. is implied with the third ὡς): rarely expressed with the second of two co-ordinate Verbs and understood with the first, τοῦτον ἂν.. θαρσοίην ἐγὼ καλῶς μὲν ἄρχειν, εὖ δ' ἂν ἄρχεσθαι θέλειν (i. e. καλῶς μὲν ἂν ἄρχοι, εὖ δ' ἂν θέλοι ἄρχεσθαι) S.Ant. 669.------------------------------------ἄν (B), [pron. full] [ᾱ], [dialect] Att.,A = ἐάν, ἤν, Th.4.46 codd., al.; freq. in Pl.,ἂν σωφρονῇ Phd. 61b
; ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ ib. 80d, cf. D.4.50;ἄν τ'.. ἄν τε Arist. Ath.48.4
: not common in earlier [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG1.2a5, 2.179b49, al.: but freq. later, SIG1044.27 (iv/iii B. C.), PPetr.2p.47 (iii B. C.), PPar.32.19 (ii B. C.), PTeb.110.8 (i B. C.), Ev.Jo.20.23, etc.------------------------------------ἄν (C) or [full] ἀν, Epic form of ἀνά, q. v.------------------------------------
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
The Word for World Is Forest — infobox Book | name = The Word for World Is Forest title orig = translator = image caption = Cover of first edition (hardcover) author = Ursula K. Le Guin illustrator = cover artist = country = United States language = English series = Hainish… … Wikipedia
The Incarnation — The Incarnation † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Incarnation I. The Fact of the Incarnation (1) The Divine Person of Jesus Christ A. Old Testament Proofs B. New Testament Proofs C. Witness of Tradition (2) The Human… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Rose and the Ring — is a satirical work of fiction written by William Makepeace Thackeray and originally published at Christmas 1854 (though dated 1855). [Roger Lancelyn Green, The Golden Age of Children s Books , in: Sheila Egoff, G. T. Stubbs, and L. F. Ashley,… … Wikipedia
The Masquerades — are an Irish rock band from Bray, Powerscourt, and Newcastle, Co. Wicklow. They are seven piece, playing a mellow mix of rock, and softer, acoustic alternative music. They are a concept band, in that their music and theme are based around… … Wikipedia
The Ballad of Halo Jones — Superherobox caption=Halo s first appearance, on the cover of 2000AD (July 1984) comic color=background:#c0c0c0 character name=Halo Jones real name= publisher=IPC Media (Fleetway) to 1999, thereafter Rebellion Developments debut= 2000 AD #376… … Wikipedia
The Blessed Trinity — The Blessed Trinity † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Trinity This article is divided as follows: I. Dogma of the Trinity; II. Proof of the Doctrine from Scripture; III. Proof of the Doctrine from Tradition;… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Cantos — by Ezra Pound is a long, incomplete poem in 120 sections, each of which is a canto . Most of it was written between 1915 and 1962, although much of the early work was abandoned and the early cantos, as finally published, date from 1922 onwards.… … Wikipedia
The Church — The Church † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Sacrament of Penance — The Sacrament of Penance † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Sacrament of Penance Penance is a sacrament of the New Law instituted by Christ in which forgiveness of sins committed after baptism is granted through the priest s absolution to… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Art of Fiction — The Art of Fiction: A Guide for Writers and Readers is a nonfiction book by Ayn Rand, published posthumously. Edited by Tore Boeckmann, it was published by Plume in 2000, ISBN 0452281547. The book is based on a 1958 series of 12 four hour… … Wikipedia
The Gallican Rite — The Gallican Rite † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Gallican Rite This subject will be treated under the following six heads: I. History and Origin; II. MSS. and Other Sources; III. The Liturgical Year; IV. The Divine Office; V. The… … Catholic encyclopedia
